Search results

(121 - 140 of 158)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1976-1977
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1977
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit...
Show more augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Table of contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 22, EXPENSES PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 96, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January. . MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18 departments. MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major ELECTIVE.. . . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN.. . . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. .. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE.. . .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very special colleges that can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at avariety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government for the purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. . You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude for you to design much of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the "4-1 -4," In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available-the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Buckskins. Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The current student body of over 1500 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 50% are resident students, while others commute daily from the greater metropolitan area. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) Location History Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a number of associations that set standards by which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 15 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Visiting the Campus T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. </ * ', - +..' \ - \--+-' - r , . :- I \ . . , .. , '. \ - - . . . , - I ' ., .* J' . . . , d. 4. Science Hall 5. Old Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7 . Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10 Memorial Hall 1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex 12. Music Hall 13 SI Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng B. Student Parking ..2 -f Offices ?-.I Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S ) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Programs (Science 156) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Sc~ence32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) d. - < Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Science 156) Little Theater (Speech Building) MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor) Personnel Office (Science 135) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 135) S.O,S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg aims to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to the interests and abilities of each person. opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty who take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the latest visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this break in the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors are available through the Five College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- ' quirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several programs. FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to do this to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or because a specific course is not offered on the home campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of 12 colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation center). One purpose of the classes, which are offered by several departments, is to get a first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals, and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive instruction in biology, chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology at Augsburg. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two years at Washington University. Each year the Conservation of Human Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates' matriculation in these co-learning courses. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar is coordinated with that of Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who enroll may select courses on either campus. Two sessions are offered each summer. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program Some special accelerated course sections are available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of all class years, interdisciplinary honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary to meet the student's needs and interests. Addi- tional information on the honors program is available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg. available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program. It provides students in all fields of study with the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, avariety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Religious Life. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held four times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Recreation Student Sewices Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relax- The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, financial problems, student activities, and residence halls. The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. The faculty takes both a scholastic and personal interest in students. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the greater campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. An optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing units. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 30 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded upon graduation, transfer to another institu- tion, or discontinuing the educational program at Augsburg if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. didates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. Avisit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. The Application Process Transfer 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universitieson the basis of their academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education require- 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript through the last complete semester to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that can- ments at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Transfer Process 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to the: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give them to two persons to fill out and return directly to the Admissions Office in the postage paid envelopes which are provided. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After a deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student must agree to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with acollege course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. About 70% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college in the form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1973-74, approximately 1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources, and federal loans totaling $480,000. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $2,349 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning in September, 1975. Students time when they take three are 'Onsidered or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. Such registration is payable in this manner: Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305. Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044. If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $155 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new students. Graduation fee is $15.00. Registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $190. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day, SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $15 Computer Science, $30 per course Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00 Student Teaching, $35. Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim), Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy, $1 .oo. Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or $3.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,251 Partial Board and Room - $1,170 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $819 5 Day Lunch Plan - $252 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 14 meals per week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract." A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year. 1975-76 Cost Summary Board and Room - $1,251 Breakage Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second semester is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Business Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Refunds Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $2,349 (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule: 100% through the first Friday of classes. 80% during the balance of first week of classes. 70% during the second week of classes. 60% during the third week of classes. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced by 50%. 50% during the fourth week of classes. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. 40% during the fifth week of classes. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general physical activities courses at Augsburg are designed to equip students for lifetime sports and recreational activities. Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, it scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing. b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physiesrpsychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 , political science, s o c i o d a n d one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one semester of activities. Divisional Organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Norma C. Noonan Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian Area Studies, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for.three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in afailing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors, Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Grading Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Sociology 383, some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and.date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore. . . . 7 courses.. Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses.. Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses.. . . . . 14 grade points . . . . 32 grade points . . . . 50 grade points To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol #. Course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and a, Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* History of the United States American Studies 231 History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis) Religion 352,363 Literature and Fine Arts in the United States American Studies 232 Art 102 English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States American Studies 260 Economics 120, 122, 123,251 Education 478 # Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370, 371, 421 Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381, 383 Social Work 351, 463 credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under major. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Offered 1974-75.) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Philip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from 386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223, 225, 350. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required. MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from 386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225, 350. Department of Art 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique. (Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 132 PHOTOGRAPHY Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3 one hour lectures. Spring) The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS II Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINTMAKING I Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring) 368 PRINTMAKING II Advanced work in various media, including silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. 350 CERAMICS I 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) a, Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 352,361 (Group I); 355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111, 112,352 and at least one course from each of the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I); 361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471, 476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 11 1, Fall; 112, Spring) 352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY An analysis of the structure of animals and the evolutionary relationships revealed by this analysis. This includes an inquiry into the structural changes which occur and new structures which appear in the course of evolution, the way in which these structures enable the animal to function in the environ- ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed by this study, and the classification of animals based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, life histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research.Topics may concern research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. Forthose planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101,102,131,261, 262,373,379,478, and one other course from the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122, 123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379, 478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subiects (Eco- nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property'and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Interim, Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Business Education have had one year of high school typewriting, (Interim) MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101,102,131; Business Education 110,364, 460,465; Economics 122,123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108. Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business Administration 101,102,131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute. (Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1976-77) Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124, 125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106), and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124,125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. certification after July, 1979 requires course work in earth and life sciences. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Department of Chemistry of approved research; participation in semin ar Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall; 76, Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to the biological and environmental sciences. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5 hour laboratory) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using avariety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. a, This major, offered by the five colleges in the Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16 courses distributed as follows: Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage Four Courses in cultural specialization a, Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year. East Asian Studies Four courses in comparative emphases Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history department, or Donald Steinmetz of the foreign languages department, for information on specific courses that may apply toward this major. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. The student is advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and 481, 482 and electives 2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 358, The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary education. Fall, Spring) 371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary Education c) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 105, General Psychology f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical education, or music majors Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc- cessful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their special area. A person working for certification in one of these special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. Human Relations Laboratory. (Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program). Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Spring) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (Fall, Spring) Speech and Drama (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Materials and methods for teaching physical education. Includes also the American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by astudy of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior standing. Fall, Spring) Library Science MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359. Fall, Spring) Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in avariety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT RESOURCES Production and use of audio-visual materials in libraries and library systems. This course offered in conjunction with the 5-College Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) a, Augsburg College and the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year period, with the first three years being spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu- a, Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in British literature (1 course from literature before 1660), 1 course in American literature, 1 course in world literature (a course outside the Anglo-American tradition), and course 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing (219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and Library Science 475 are required. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering dents accepted into the program will be guaranteed admission to the Washington University Engineering School, provided they are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Department of English Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331, 332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic value and the historical significance of the film medium. See also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention is also given to the contribution of the writer to the historical development and literary movements of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE English 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course. Study of the works of selected classical Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. (Fall, Spring) 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 272 LITERARY CLASSICS The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. (Fall, Spring) 219 ADVANCED WRITING 282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE A course designed to develop advanced skills in avariety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76) 288 LITERARY CRITICISM A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of the works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Spring) Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years, 1975-76 Fall) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 368 MODERN DRAMA While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 367 MODERN POETRY 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel through study of selected British, American, and continental novels. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) - - - - Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman, Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) - Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at the beginning of any term and after consultation with the instructor. Students placed in a particular course wishing to register for a more elementary course may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level Mandarin Chinese or #) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. One interim plus one semester, or one semester plus one summer of study in France strongly recommended. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. One interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. Foreign Language Methods for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 011 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. Offered on demand. - - 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system, basic noun groups and verb forms, and sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and speaking on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have studied most of the basic structures may here review all tenses and some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading and literary study in French. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand- ing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Fall) 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years. Fall 1976) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years. Fall 1977) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of the major literary works from the twelfth century renaissance through the six- teenth century. These include the epic, courtly romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written reports in French, some laboratory texts. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every third year) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey of the major literary contributors to the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1976-77. Offered alternate years) 353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of the major works contributing to the enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I A survey of the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring) 451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977. Every third year) 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or 353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey (351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a ma- jor paper and its defense are included. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) more universal perspective of world literature. Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall) German 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall. 212, Spring) Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1977) 351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from the heroic and courtly literature of the middle ages, the Reformation era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by lectureson the history of German literature and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds. (Fall 1976) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1780 1890 Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and its relation to social, political and intellectual questions. (Spring 1977) - 353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY Principle works of Impressionism and 20th century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse, Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975, 1977) 211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Seleclion from the New Testament with special emphasis given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth yearly) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Fall 1975, 1977) Introduction to Japanese language and culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern, conversational expressions and, in the second semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese syllabary and Chinese characters are learned gradually from the very first lesson. 451 GERMAN PROSE 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Spring 1977) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11 Fall, 112 Spring) Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading to improve the student's comprehension and facility in expression of Japanese. Reading materials will be chosen from avariety of fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #) Linguistics 311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar, case grammar, generative semantics, with the aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria and the explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will also be contrasted with respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory and the way in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring) present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Inquiry into the psychological foundations of language and the contribution of modern linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of recent linguistic research are examined for their implications for various psychological topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, innate ideas and psychological universals. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson (Director) MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each year. These courses solicit students from the community on a non-credit basis as well as college students on a credit basis. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall. 112, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from the community on a noncredit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring) SPANISH MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315, 456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315, 331, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) 111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (111, Fall, Spring; 112, Spring) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring 1977) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Offered on demand.) 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213, Fall; 214, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (Fall) 315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fa11) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring) Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978) 417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR 352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II 456 SPANISH DRAMA A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall 1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977) Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand) Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1976, 1978) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977) a, Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major with certain supporting courses, qualifies a Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1977) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History student for certification as a social studies teacher on the secondary level. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, for details. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the post-New Deal era. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Spring) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1975-76) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77) with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall) 412 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. (Spring) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring, 1976-77) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the distinctive features of the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization, and Japan's emergence as a major world power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Fall, 1976-77) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events and developments in the area due to confrontation This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. a, Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224, 314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real Algebra, gy, and Mathematics-Education. Department of Mathematics 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to mathematical models and structure. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years) 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, and logarithms. (Fall) Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 121,122 CALCULUS I, II Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121, Fall; 122, Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is recommended. Fall) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered alternate years) 427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func- tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues. (Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate years) 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 454 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. (Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00) a, This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. a, Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111, 362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a minimum of one course in internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110; Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351 and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. Medical Technology Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. *The course in metro-urban planning is not as yet a regular part of the course offerings. The interim, independent study, and internship can provide opportunities for such a course. For planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program. Creative alternatives to the above suggested programs will be considered. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karle'n MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260, 261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457, 458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency, and music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223, 224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354, 355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire tests. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260, 261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476; Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121, 231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. The major follows the approved curriculum of the National Association for Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue the Bachelor of Music degree must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and all campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All music majors and minors, must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1 year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and with correct fingering, at moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, (1) pass an advanced standing test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term at Augsburg. The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC An objective analysis of musical stimuli: design and implementation of experimental research in music. give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC THERAPY Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers. Dates and times to be arranged. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-. ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) a, NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 111,112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after con- Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition, Orchestra Membership by audition. Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science sultation with a member of the Physics Department. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111, 112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. a, Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of Admissions for further information. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242, 343. and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. 130 LOGIC Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do you? Does the conclusion follow from the given premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE Socrates said that the unexamined life is not worth living. We want you to take a look at your beliefs to see whether or not they are worth holding. What do you know? What makes things what they are? Must you be able to define the good before you can do it? These and other questions will be looked at through the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to see what they have to say to modern man. (Fall, Spring) How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? What did Aristotle the scientist think of this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world -can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1976) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings- both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 344) 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242, 343, or #.) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education' and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352, 365, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351, 352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361, 362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required. required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical education and . athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring) PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110, 111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111, 243,351,482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Fall, Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Fall) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS 351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103, Chemistry 105. Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351, 352, Summer School only) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Spring) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department) Consult department chairman. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall) Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Health Education 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975) a, Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson 121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362, and 395. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv. frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in a, Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) Department of Political Science 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or 160. Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The electoral process, emphasizing political parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field work with parties, pressure groups and other relevant organizations. (Students may not take BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Students interested in secondary education niay take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information. Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. See Section I1 for description) 121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political system; contemporary political issues imping- (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and the determinants of voter choice, including study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or # I Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT The modernization process in developing areas with particular attention to the creation, maintenance, and administration of political structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered on demand) IV. PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) temporary Communism, and the impact of historical traditions in the Soviet Union and other communist states. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.) Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search' for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) 382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories, the development and uses of ideology in con- Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting courses from other departments may also be required. The major program is planned in consultaton with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264, 265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year, and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355, 473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261. 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration is to be made during the junior year. 352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses i n biology are recommended. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361. Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fa11) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 481 HISTORY AND THEORY 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research in which students select an area of investigation, plan the appropriate design, collect data, and write a research re- a, Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck port according to the standards established by the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing and #. Fall, Spring) \' 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper division New Testament Greek. The major shall include one interim course; and at least three out of the following four areas shall be represented by at least one course : 352-356, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484, 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major and 3.00 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. 352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP MINOR: 5 courses Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of worship services. (Fall) 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed'and discussed. (Spring) - 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. (See under Department of Music) 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 361 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) - 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1976-77) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the church. (Spring) a, Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies and for others who desire a broad major in this area. A major consists of 14 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) Social Science ics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. . . - . . .. - - 7 courses in history: adistribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or 495). For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high .school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in econom- 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363, 381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416, 440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. a, Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim course. MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic forms; sociological models for analyzing the structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Basic background for advanced work in sociology. (Fall, Spring) historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches towards solutions. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized" world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons; physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY The structure and function of the family unit and its place through time in the larger social system. Includes interaction within the family, sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring) 232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS An analysis of the causes and nature of the contemporary social problems in light of their 362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An integrated two-course sequence in sociological research; analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life; use of data processing equipment and computers in sociological research. Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are strongly encouraged to take this sequence their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or # ; high school algebra. Fall, Spring) utilized as a major learning laboratory. (Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring) 365 SOCIAL STATISTICS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) Scientific methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, calculating measures of central tendency, variability and association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall, Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or lntership Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational components of phenomena commonly seen as individual problems: phenomena such as mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and in various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of social stratification and social organization; their structural and dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology, including 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul Steen MAJOR: The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but freshmen and sophomores are advised to take Social Work 257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology 105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One course in the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program should be taken (see the index in this catalog to find where to read about CHR courses). The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology 351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology 375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be taken as freshman or sophomore); and Sociology 231 and 232. 257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. (Interim) 351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic features of the helping process; social work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work; public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo . class periods and six hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior standing or #. Fall) 352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL WELFARE A pair of seminars consisting of social security (required) and one additional seminar in such topics as mental retardation, alcohol and chemical dependency, or the ecology of welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week to learn by practice the basic skills of social work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #. Interim) 353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS Direction and application of principles and techniques of social work interventive methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring) 357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY A summer work experience of ten weeks or longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution. Special opportunity to consider career aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical reports and participation in seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer) 358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent study relating to the work experience. Study to be reported in a major paper of high quality. ,-- ......"., /<~rmrnerI 461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN SPECIAL AREAS Emphasis on the refinement of social work practice skills and development of role models for effective service in programs serving special groups such as the aged, mentally retarded, chemically dependent, and youth. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours related field experience or an approved plan for independent work in community study or planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall) a, 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilites assigned as a professional social worker in some social welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to 20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major. Spring) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English 219. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 111, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor s h or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 116, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, light and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354, 360,476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or 243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467, 476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than technical elements. (Spring) 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION Practical experience in the production of radio and television programs of diverse kinds: news programs, talk shows, documentaries, and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered 1974-75. Fall) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY A study of the distinctive character of each of the major mass media, with emphasis on their role in society. See also description under Department of Political Science. (Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers as well as elementary and secondary school teachers. (Fall) Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Spring) 228 STAGECRAFT 353 ADVERTISING Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) 352 PERSUASION - 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 399 INTERNSHIP Introduction to communication dynamics embracing scientific as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. (Spring) Consult the Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Fall) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication theory. (Fall) 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) a,-- Transdisciplinary Major A student who wishes to follow an individually designed major may do so under the title: Transdisciplinary major. Although this major may not be well suited for students who plan to pursue graduate studies, it does enable them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must include at least two-thirds of the number of courses required in each of two major fields offered at the college. Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year. The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1973-74 .......................... . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840 .. 285 Summer Session, 1974 ................................................................. Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................ 5,736 Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) ......................................... 315 A RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French). Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary Education) *WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University, Department Chairman ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies B KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia (German and Russian) *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of Iowa (Head Football Coach) JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) D F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program) MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University Department Chairman SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota (Voice) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota * P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S. 1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach) *VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (German) *I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French) MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman *JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota L *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation M RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn) *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska (Elementary Education) *ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity of Wisconsin -Madison, M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) *ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at Albany GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest) *KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota (Greek) ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971, University of Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) *VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String Instruments) Q MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University, Department Chairman STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary Education) *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish) S EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) "IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science) MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion) PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa Barbara NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman *EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental Music, Director of the String Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) * Part-time Administration ......................................................... .................................................... President.. College Pastor,. Oscar A. Anderson Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. . Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster Administrative Assistant for Operations and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey ....... ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey Associate Dean of the Faculty F. Mark Davis and Director of Special Programs.. Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley Larry Glenn Director of Audio Visual Services John C. Dawson Director of MUSIP .................................................. Louise McColl Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program .............................. .................................... ......................... DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Foundation and Government Relations.. Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Director of Alumni and Parents Programs.. Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson .................. ........................... INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement.. ........................ Bruce L. Gildseth College Relations Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren Steven J. Vite Manager of Publications., ........................................... Admissions Director of Admissions.. Donald E. Webber Assistant Director of Admissions,. Dave Benzel Assistant Director of Admissions.. Barb J. Lundberg Karen Nelson Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman ............................................ ................................... .................................... .............................................. Student Affairs Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson Joel Mugge Director of Student Programs.. Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone Ralph Crowder Coordinator of Minority Affairs. ....................................... ...................................... ............................25 Academic Administration Academic Life Accreditation Administration Admission to the College Advanced Placement Advanced Standing American Studies Anthropology Art. Department of Bachelor of Music Degree Biology. Department of Board. Cost of Business Administration Business Education Calendar Campus Campus Map Chemistry. Department of Chinese Classification Communications Computer Science Conservation of Human , . Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy Courses of Study Course Descriptions Credit by Examination Degrees Divisional Organization Early Admission Early Decision East Asian Studies Economics Education. Department of Education. Elementary Education. Secondary Engineering English. Department of Enrollment Expenses Faculty Financial Aid Financial Information Five College Cooperative Food Service French Foreign Languages Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements Geography German Grading Graduates (1870-1974) Graduates. Summary of Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction Greek ...................................... 11 ....................................... 7 ...................................... 94 .......................19. 32a ................................ 20 ................................. 20 ............................... 30. 29a .................................. 80 ...............................30. 7a ........................15. 62 ...........................33. 9a ...................................... 23 ........................35. 10a .............................37. I l a .......................................... 11 .......................................... 7 .......................................8 .......................40. 12a .....................................49. 16a ...................................... 29 ...............................83. 13a ..............................60. 19a ............ ................ 13. 5a .............................. 13. 68 ............................29. 30. 6a .............................30. 7a .............................. 29 ........................................15 ............................. 26 ................................ 20. 32a .................................. 20. 32a ............................. 42. 29a ..................................... 38. 14a .......................42. 15a ......................... .42. 15a ...........................43. 15a ..................................... 13. 46 ..........................46. 16a ................................. ...... 88 .......................................... 22 .......................................... 11. 87 ....................................... 21 ............................... 22 .................... . . . .. 12 ....................................... 18 ................. . . ....................49. 16a ............................. 49. 16a ...........................26 ....................11 .................................... .a. 1....................................... .52, 77e ............................................ 27 .............................88 .............................88 ........................... 25 .........................28 ..........................................53. 17s ...............................70. 22a ........................ 6 ..........................56. 18a ....................................14 ......................................... 17 .......................................6 ..................................28 ......................12. 3a .........................16. 17a .......................................... 53 .........................................47 ................................. 45. 15a ..................................... 53. 17a ...........................................6 ............................................. 12 Health Education History of Augsburg College History. Department of Honors Program Housing Identification Independent Study Inter-lnstltutional Programs Intercollegiate Athletics Japanese Journalism Library Science Linguistics Location Majors Mathematics. Department of Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of Music Therapy Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science New Dimensions Program Numbering of Courses Nursing Personnel of the College Philosophy. Department of Physical Education Physics. Department of Political Science. Department of Pre-Professional Training Probation and Dismissal Psychology. Department of Recreation Refunds Registration Religion. Department of Religious Life Room Costs Russian Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Majors Social Work Sociology. Department of Spanish Speech. Department of Student Life Student Services Summer School Study Abroad Symbol (#) Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major Transfer to Augsburg Tuition and Fees Visiting the Campus .....................59. 18a ........................13. 61. 19a ............................61. 29a ....................15. 4a ...........................62. 21a ......................................62 .................. 6 ................................65. 29a ...........................17 ..............................29 .......................................... 66 ............................84 ......................66. 22a .............................68. 22a .........................70. 23a .................71. 24a .......................12. 29a ............................ 27 ......................75, 25a .........................................16 ............................................23 ...................................... 26 .........................77, 2Se ......................................16 ......................................... 23 ........................................54. 17a . ..................... ma .......................... 78. ................................60.81. 26a .64. 29a ....................... BO. 288 ........................................55. 1Ta .......................... 89.27a ........................................7% . ............................ .... .16 .......................... , ..... 13. 14 ......................................14 .....................................29. 30 .................................... 63, 280 ......................... 66,28a ....................... 18.20. 12a .................................... 22 ................................ Z Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1976
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG Augsburg College 731-21st Ave. So. Minneapolis, Mn. 55454 332-5181 Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG Augsburg College 731-21st Ave. So. Minneapolis, Mn. 55454 332-5181 Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible during the regular term. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required t o complete one interim for graduation). A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course requirement in religious studies. There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim course. One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted t o register for more than one course during the period. (;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI' INGS Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more rigorous grading standard. OIBTIONS June Interim At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay regular summer course tuition. Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must: 1) meet departmental requirements 2) present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who will direct the study submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration cancelled. Interims at Other Schools 3) Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall). Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged $310 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can be made t o the office of the interim director. CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. I I1 - 8:OO - 12:30 12:30 - 5:OO The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO. October 27-30 Interim Registration January 5 First Day of Interim Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. January 6 Last day for cancelladd January 9 Last day for determining grading system January 23 Last day for canceling class January 30 Interim ends Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475). Instructor: Paul Rusten Film-making I, Film-making I1 Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Lab Fee of $70.00. Prerequisites: None for Film-making I. NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to take Film-making 11. Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: East Hall Life Drawing Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil, contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk. There will be a $10.00 per student model fee. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Art Studio 6 The Arts of Spain Instructor: Philip Thompson A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists have led revolutions in the arts. The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created. Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125. Distribution: Humanities Scientific Racism Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams. Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent Distribution: Science/Math, Urban Time: I1 Room: Science 21 3 Evolution: Believe It or Not Instructor: Ralph Sulerud For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some o f the sessions. Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 205 Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson Nuclear Radiation Science (Biological Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students. The cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 Seminar: The Cutting Edge Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research. The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the biology major. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 212 BUS. AIDMIN. Principles of Managerial Accounting Instructor: Arnin Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Prerequisites: Business Administration 101 Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Office Technology Instructor: Gertrude Lund Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and international trade. Prerequisites: Typewriting Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences Instructor: Margaret Etter The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied, using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C. Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail. One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 1 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Instructor: Roy Hanson This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments. Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116 Distribution: None Time: I & I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Chemical Research Instructor: Courtland Agre This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before the start o f the interim. Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 318 Principles of Economics - Micro Instructor: Peter Morici An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 120 or 122. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 28 Welfare Economics Instructor: Ed Sabella Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory. Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 21 1%IBIJCATION Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary and Pre-school Use Instructor: Steven Reuter Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools. Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Library 4 1%I)IJCATl' ION SIJDIMIER Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Elementary) Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity. Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing Distribution: None Time: Summer Session 11I)UCATl' ION Audio-visual Media Instructor: Mary Alexander This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that assignments can be made with specific schools. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Distribution: None Time: I (and arranged) Room: Old Main 7 Things That Go Bump In The Night: The Literature of Fantasy Instructor: Ron Palosaari Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old Scottish prayer puts it: "From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties And things that go bump in the night Good Lord, deliver us. " We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will give us some additional fun. The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the four Tolkien books on the third day o f class. - Prerequisites: See above Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Science 205 The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror, Mystery and Detection Instructor: Lorraine Livingston Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe, Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject lectures o f his choice. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 1 Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More: The Short Story and Archetypes Instructor: Richard Sargent We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence, Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view, but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized, and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who wished to learn more about archetypal criticism. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 25 L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book: Instructor: Toni Thornton James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses. The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey. Prerequisites: One literature course Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Intermediate French I1 Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading. -- There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the group. Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected in Literature Instructor: William Oyler Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed. These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those discussed in class. This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200 years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a minor in German. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 8 History of the German Language Instructor: Don Steinmetz How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other? What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference between Low and High German. Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 1 Norwegian Composition and Conversation Instructor: Leif E. Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition. Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now residing in the Twin Cities area. Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field experience. Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous Literary Figures Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . . Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: Summer Session Room: Spanish Expression Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them; After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive, passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish. Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level Distribution: Language Time: I Room: Old Main 3 History of London Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist "When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford" (Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available. Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography, architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban or Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 The Japanese-American Experience Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice. Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience? Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable alternate project will be required. Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 18 From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History Instructor: Don Gustafson This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts, recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Library 1 IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW Philadelphia and the Quest for a Humane City Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city. The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city" will be a guiding theme for the course. Approximate cost: $235. plus meals. Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor. Distribution: Urban studies Time: I1 Room: Science 34 60272 Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European Civilizations in Transition Instructor: F. Mark Davis A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs. The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation. Harold Mitchell, Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s, Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean; Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction and Poetry. Caribbean: In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica. In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in Cap-Haitien. Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate Cathedral of America. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: None 60308 Victorian Woman INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings, letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied, either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters), the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in most cases) a class presentation. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I 1 Room: Library 201 Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes, agricultural techniques, and daily life. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I R o ~ m :Old Main 19 Exploring the Future Instructor: Sheldon Fardig We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us. Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking. Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and individual projects. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 318 Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics Instructor: Bev Durkee Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school mathematics) Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 320 The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making: An Introduction to Operations Research Instructor: Warren L. Persons Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a decision pro blem. Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality. Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications. There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is necessary). Lab fee: $10. Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 213 DIIJSIC Electronic Music Instructor: Robert Karlen Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional, contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer. Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students have access to a tape recorder. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 20 American Band Music (1776-1976) Instructor: Jim Carlson This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore; Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus. Student cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Olivet Hall 82290 Brigadoon DI USIC Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography, lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances. Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome). Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 11 Revelation and Human Knowledge Instructor: Mark Fuehrer This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception. The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and mystical insight. Prerequisite: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Safety and Drug Education Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss First Aid course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities and Rhythms Instructor: LaVonne Peterson Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Melby 12 Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team. Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's gymnastics team. Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Melby 13 'r 1'1 1T SICS The History of Astronomy Instructor: Ted Hanwick This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century. While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton, and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development of this subject. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 123 1'111 T SICS 'r Understanding the Weather Instructor: Ken Erickson An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background. Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation, forecasting and guest speakers. Prerequisites: None Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 22 1'111 T SICS 'r Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants. The cost d l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court on Church and State Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel 85295 An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required. 85495 Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their studies to the combined group and in a paper. Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission of the instructor. Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Science 22 The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film, might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions, involving interviews with relevant public officials. The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a separate cost and be individually arranged in England. The cost will be approximately $850-895. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Social Science America's International Politicians Instructor: Norma Noonan Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements: project and final examination. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Library 201 Creativity in Preschool Children Instructor: Duane Johnson What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction, and activities. Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child. Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 8 Your Personality and its Measurement Instructor: Lyla Anderegg Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Old Main 22 Computer Applications in Behavioral Science Instructor: Richard Marken An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in crowds. A lab fee of approximately $1 0. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Israel: A study in Social Change Instructor: Grace Dyrud Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: Room: The Behavior of Nerve Cells Instructor : Norm Ferguson Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system. Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors. Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 34 World Order and Religion Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting speakers. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 RELIGION Contemporary Religious Movements Instructor: Douglas Ollila A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna. Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t leaders. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Israel: Ancient and Modern Instructor: Philip Quanbeck The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in the whole o f the Middle East. The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results. Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City. In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a few days in London before returning to the U.S. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Religion Practicum in Human Services Instructor: Paul Steen With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors Time: I 1 Room: Memorial Hall 1 Human Service Issues in Selected Areas Instructor: Tony Wagner A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience. Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor. Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors) Time: I Room: Old Main 2 Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing Instructor : Gordon Nelson An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing. During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods. The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Melby 24 Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form, content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 Advanced Public Speaking Instructor: Ray Anderson This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship. Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Library 1 Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective Instructor: Joel Mugge The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well. While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required. The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Humanities Theater Practicum Instructor: Ailene Cole The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.) Room: Speech Auditorium SIDEIICII The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom See description under Political Science. SIBBIICII Advanced Acting Instructor: Esther Olson A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style. Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included. (Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.) Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Speech 43
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1976
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n...
Show more ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e w i t h a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y I f you need d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e of AUGSaURG COLLEGE NW. more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . INDEPENDENT STUW, while not f i t e d among M e couhbe o66&n@, may be pwlnued d d n g M e nummm i n a nwnbm 06 d e p a h t m e d . Fok &dotm d o n , cons& M e Summm School O66ice. CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must b e made a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIWT TO CANCEL LISTED COUSES. SUMMER SCHOOLCHARGES i n c l u d e a G e n e r a l Fee of $15. T u i t i o n i s $190 p e r c o u r s e . Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may b e charged f o r some courses. A DEPOSIT of $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should b e c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i o n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a c o u r s e ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s I n courses with limited enrollment, ere$90 p l u s $15 g e n e r a l f e e . ference w i l l be given t o f u l l - t u i t i o n students. REGISTRATTON .in t o be compL&ed not Latea Man t h e 6 h t day 06 each tm at M e Summm School Oddice. A L L CHARGES doh .the tm mwt be paid bedote tegh-thation -in compLete. A L d e Reghthation Fee 06 $10 w i l l 2 be added doh ntudemh who compleXe keg.in,hztion a 6 t m t h e 6 i h 6 t day 0 6 M e t e r n . TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s COURSE CANCELLATION DATE w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e REFUND TERM I TERM I1 t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . ( S U ~~ I C ~ U .in J I ~--ToO%June 1-2 J u n e 28-30 fieimited by M e ion-he,jmdabLedepirn-LZ.) 80X June 3-4 ~ u l y1-6 No r e f u n d - w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d 60% June 7-8 J u l y 7-9 40% June 9-10 J u l y 12-14 dates. - I I T ~ T ~ [I 4 I ART ART 10 132 PHOTOGRAPHY F h i ~ ~ e n~ h n The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and express i o n w i t h a t t e n t i o n g i v e n t o b l a c k and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes. Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 6/28 7:00 p.m. A r t S) TERM 11 ART 10242 FILM MAKING I RLUt e n D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Add. $70 fee. TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) ** ART 10342 FILM MAKING I1 RusXen Advanced c o u r s e f o r t h o s e w i t h p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e i n f i l m making. Add. $70 f e e . TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) BIOLOGY HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Uichelbmg BIO 20103 A p r o f e s s i o n a l c o u r s e i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e human body. Course r u n s 10 weeks. TERM I E I 1 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,TH S-205 BUSINESS K a h BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIALACCOUNTING I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c c o n c e p t s and fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . TERM 1 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th MH- 1 BUS 21 102 PRINCIPLES OF .WAGJRIAL ACCOUNTING Kadm I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f m a n a g e r i a l a c c o u n t i n g . TERM I 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F S-22 BUSINESS EDUCATION BED 33108 CALCULATING MACHINES Lund Operation of ten-key a d d i n g machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and electronic calculators. 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F M-10 TERM 1 CHEMISTRY CHM 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY k&on Concepts and laws u n d e r l y i n g c h e m i s t r y i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples i n c l u d i n g o r g a n i c and e n v i r o n m e n t a l systems. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F, Lab 1:25-4:00 p.m. T-Th S-205, S-323 CHM 3435 3 .QU@TITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gybehg Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and v o l u m e t r i c a n d y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i u m i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F, Lab 12:OO-4:00 p.m. N-Th TERM 11 S-205, S-327 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabe& Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment. TERM 1 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th S-34 ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Sub& An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W L- 1 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) SabtUa An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y of t h e housen o l d , f i r m , market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . 6:oO-9:30 p.m. T,Th S-34 TERM 11 EDUCATION ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N AN URBAN SETTISG Pt&0n (ELEMENTARY) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t n e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r in-school work. TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F L-4 EDE 44255 EDE 44425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Redm Learning about and d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and s k i l l s of t e a c h i n g t h e young c h i l d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th L-4 TERM 1 EDE 44481 STUDENT TEAMING (ELEMENTARY) sXa66 Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary s c h o o l s under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and elementary s c h o o l pers o n n e l . $15 f e e TERU 1 0 . t 11 Time a r r a n g e d EDS 44265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S E C O N D A R Y ) F U ~ & ~ I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t h e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n - s c i ~ o o l work. TERM 1 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4 C~-como'~) 8 EDS 45482 -9% O p p o r t u n i t i * arm p r , d d e d zb?c;q e r s - q e s i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. $15.00 f e e . TERM I oh I I Time a r r a n g e d . ENGLISH ** ENG54282 TOPIC: T H R E E m $ m k W R I T E R S Pdohaat~c A u t h o r s s t u d i e d a r e Rolvaag, Lewis, and F i t z g e r a l d . F i e l d t r i p s included. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F S-34 ** Thohntvn ENG 54338 MODERN BRITISH LITERATURE An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e m a j o r t r e n d s i n modern B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , f o c u s i n g on James J o y c e , D.H. Lawrence, V i r g i n i a Woolf, T.S. E l i o t a n d o t h e r s . TERM I 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th S-205 ** ENG 54340 LITERATURE AND FILM P d 0 h ~ T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e s between w r i t t e n n a r r a t i v e and f i l m e d n a r r a t i v e . P r e r e q u i s i t e : c o l l e g e literature or film class. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W S-205 FRENCH COACHING OF SPORTS I~ n i g e h HPE 55482 Theory and t e c h n i q u e s of c o a c h i n g and p r e v e n t i o n and c a r e of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . G-24 7:lO-9:40 a . m . M-F TERM I C. ~ V e k o n HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a m b u l a t i o n , s e l f c a r e , a d a p t e d s p o r t s and games, a n d swimming f o r t h e handicapped. TERM I F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE C. Nchon A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y . Includes g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of n e u r o m u s c u l a r re-education. TERM 11 F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 Saugutad HPE 55495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Actual h o s p i t a l experience i n c o r r e c t i v e therapy; psychia t r y , orthopedics, neurology, and r e h a b i l i t a t i o n . TERM 11 Time a r r a n g e d . G- 12 HISTORY Jem en HIS 56103 MODERN WORLD A s t u d y of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n w e s t e r n c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e t i m e of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th L-1 TERM I ** FRE 70212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I1 Aan ko w T w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y l i t e r a r y works a r e e x p l o r e d w i t h t h e g o a l s of communicating i d e a s a n d b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t r e a d i n g s k i l l t o p u r s u e g e n e r a l r e a d i n g and l i t e r a r y s t u d y i n F r e n c h . TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-20 1 HIS 56234156334 QUELVS, COURTESANS AND CONSORTS N&on A b a s i c c o u r s e i n t h e development of a n c i e n t c i v i l i z a t i o n , f o c u s i n g on t h e c e n t r a l theme of t h e p l a c e of women, b o t h publ i c and p r i v a t e , w i t h i n t h a t c u l t u r e . TERM I1 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F S-34 GERMAN IWTERDISCIPLINARY GER 72111 BEGINNING GERMAN I -sx~nm&z Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n G e r man. TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. M-F S-201 Steinm&z GER 72112 BEGINNING GERMAN T I For s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d 72111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h s c h o o l German. TERM I1 7: 15-8:40 a.m. ?I-F S-20 1 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION E.NeRnon, SaugenRad An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what c a n b e done f o r t h e a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t Aid c o u r s e . TERM I 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-F G-12 ** INS 60110/60310 SICEKTFNNIAL SPECIAL: POlJER I N AHERICA P + Z L Lm~ d Py.'iud The s o c i a l s c i e n c e , h i s t o r i c a l and l i t e r a l v i a r p o i n c s of power; i t s h o l d e r s , t h e a d a p t i o n of t h o s e l e s s p o w e r f u l a n d t h e d i f f u s i o n of power t o o t h e r p o p u l a t i o n s w i l l b e i n c l u d e d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T , Th TERM 11 L- 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Reichenbach Examination of t h e r u l e s which g o v e r n v a l i d a r g u m e n t s ; d e v e l o p a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. TERM I 8:30-9:40 a.m. & 11:lO-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4, L-1 ** PHI 83450 PHILOSOPHIES OF FEYINISM P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and i m p l i c a t i o n s of matr i a r c h i a l l p a t r i a r c h i a l , pro-feministlanti-feminist c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . No prerequisites TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. Y-F L- 1 . PHYSICS PHY 84101 Pa& on ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e c o u r s e of o u r s o l a r system, s t a r s , and gal- a x i e s . Requires elementary a l g e b r a . TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ?I,W PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY MLLJL~u An examination o f t h e i d e a o f "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y . TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F L- 1 PSY 86493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Andexegg P o i n t s of view w i t h i n b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e : 3 courses i n Psychology. TERM 1 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F MH- 1 MH- 1 RELIGION POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES Sten5 hoed A s u r v e y of American law and l e g a l p r o c e s s . T h e o r i e s of law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , l a w y e r s , and j u r i e s ; t h e U.S. C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law as p o l i t i c s ; h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s . TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. N-F MH-1 POL 85295 SEMINAR: GANES OF POLITICS Hedbdom An approach t o t h e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and p r o c e s s e s through s i m u l a t i o n . TERU 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. N-F Place a r r . Hedbdom POL 85342 YASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l publ i c relations. ERA4 1 12:30-3:20 p.m. M-Th L- 1 * REL 87111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Quad ecir An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e d i a l o g u e between t h e church and t h e world view which concerns Christian doctrine. 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F L- 1 TERM 11 ** REL 87372 RELIGIONS OF INDIA: HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM. 8en.6on H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu ritual. TERM 11 8:50-10: 15 a.m. M-F L-1 ** REL 87369 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe P a r t i c u l a r i t i e s of r e l i g i o u s discernment, symbolism and world view w i l l b e d i s c u s s e d i n c o n v e r s a t i o n format. 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-205 TERM 1 SOCIOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSY 86 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Fehcju OM-1,Mahhen-11 Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r . TEa.1 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. Y-F L-1 (Fe~cjuon) TERM 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F S-34 (hiahken] ** PSY SOC 94231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY Maeheb An examination of t h e p a i r e d r e l a t i o n s h i p i n mass s o c i e t y ; t h e p r o c e s s of d a t i n g and mate s e l e c t i o n ; m a r r i a g e and i t s a l t e r n a t i v e s ; and t h e dynamics and s t r u c t u r e of t h e f a m i l y u n i t . TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F S-34 SOC 94241 86130 COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT Dyhud A s t u d y w i l l b e made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , t h e s t a g e s , and example i n language, reasoning and judgement. Field t r i p . $5 m a t e r i a l s f e e . TERhi 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. Y-F ?lH- 1 PSY 8635 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Jchmon A c t i v e i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and t'neory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n . TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. TI-F S-205 *(I( t.ie PbyCjloLogq C O ~ &Zed, ~ A E d u c d o n heqLLihement. u,rCI, - PSY b6105 meea .the Genehd - .-- INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY G e ~ ~ a h o THE CHILD'S WORLD: An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F MH- 1 ** SOC 94255 YOUTH WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Wagnu Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i vidual relationships. Add. $60 f e e . Time a r r . TERM 11 PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augnbutg CoLCsge dcri -tire F& Tern 0 6 Lize cuhyyem m e e&g.ibBe t o attend .%InIm~h Sdlool, a5 ahe p C h 5 O r z h admiLted by otheh coLLeg~5 6oh t h e ha?? 0 6 t k i a yeah. I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e ment from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s . Credits (A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m of t h i s p a g e . ) c a n n o t b e t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . OTHER PERSONS whlzing t o .take bwnmeh school tuohk nizodd contact Rhe D i h e c t o ~0 6 Sunnnek School t o ancehtain &ig-ibiLLty u n d u opecide cihcmtancch . fst,fzn. TF.& < 3 : 3Ct-,i 1 :-OQ a:.rri . ,,cS.nlq.;es - .* ,\ .L I ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t imply a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e . Persons wishing t o begin a degree program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. c&: L6 ? â¬ T n ,. bi.-g 5-34 ; C:G.tTviE r ' S , w x g S 3SS%2iiatkn ar.4 ;ri-.tics i n s ?uryterLing and ( T h i s form i s t o b e u s e d by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r t n a n Augsburg C o l l e g e . Augsburg Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may b e t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by t n a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . ) - .%LLP,r,,bIS:T?)W~ ~ O ~ ~ I C TI $f O V %:A!&&$~l%' &e.ilirig t:r'i-t%, t h r advarc?? 8 t e ~ s sO F tell?vislo% v r o b u z i n g and 3irecCLnq. a m 6:5G-JO:33.p.b.'f?-T77 MB-2 S2Z- $824: .- $- ,,urse S t u d e n t ' s Name: z College o r University: The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n summer s c n o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . 332 983x5 ~,~;sc;(ss,op o m - 2 : ~ r i ; s g ~ . ? . . ~ ,-- ~~~-~~~~~~.~~~dj,, Sf gT3& 6~7~;1&!icsi z s&,,t 6. R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: C of t h e :roll? - -Sagn -uhe aiiz I bfle -- ~ m - ~ = ~ e i = - ( R e t w completed damn t o Summeh ScCzool, Augbbwrg CoUege, Minneapa&, Mn. 5 5 4 5 4 ) t A U G S B U R G S U M M E R S C H O O L A P P L I C A T I O N FULL NAME: last first middle o r maiden AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any) PRESENT ADDRESS: PERMANENT ADDRESS: street city state county i~ telephone street City state county zip telephone PLEASE CHECR AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a s t u d e n t a t Augsburg College and have been s i n c e -I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d Augsburg College (When?) . n o t a n Augsburg s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d -II am am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; I (have) -I have earned a b a c h e l o r ' s degree from (have n o t ) been admitted. College. have been admitted t o Augsburg a s a Freshman f o r n e x t f a l l . I p l a n t o a t t e n d Augsburg College only f o r t h e Summer School. -I - -So. -Jr. -Sr. -Other My PRESENT classification:-Fr. THE MAXIMUM LOAD FOR TERM I I S ONE COURSE. I1 IS TWO COURSES. THE MAXIMUM FOR TERM I plan t o t a k e t h e f o l l o w i n g courses: TERM DFPT. ,COUKSENO. SECT. , ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE I I f my above courses a r e c a n c e l l e d , I would s u b s t i t u t e t h e following: A non-m6wrdabt.e t&tion d e p o ~ do d $30.00 muax a ~ n p a n y.tkid 60m. U chrvrgeb do* TERM 1 wt Ckeckd nne payable ;to Axgbuhg College. A be paid &I 6uR.t n o t eatm d?a Tueddaq, Jule T , 1976. TERM I I chnngea mwt be paidno2 & ~ r . t h a n Jwe 2 8 , r976. R e h m 60mand d e p o b i L to S U W R SCHOOL, AUGSBURG COLLEGE, MIMMEAPOLIS, W 5 5 4 5 4 -- DATE: =.- : ---19 76 STGNATURE: I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calen...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Majors Pre-Professional Training , Requirements I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study Honors Program Degrees .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE .. ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . Recreation Intercollegiate Religious L i f e Student S e r v i c e s Athletics Housing Food S e r v i c e MUSIP ... ... ... . .. ... PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID . . . E a r l y Decision . . . . . . Advanced ... The A p p l i c a t i o n Process Transfer E a r l y Admission Advanced Placement Standing F i n a n c i a l Aid ... ... PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP . I PAGE 19, EXPENSES . .. Expenses 1974- 75 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... ... ... D i v i s i o n a l Organization Graduation Requirements Registration Probation and Dismissal Grading Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n C r e d i t by Examination Classification Courses Numbering . . Symbol ... ... ... ... ... . PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 90. INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e . Glossary of Terms T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e College. - - C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC.. COURSE.. MAJOR.. MINOR LOAN .. . . .The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . ..... . . A s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. . .......A c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a . majors i n 18 departments. Augsburg o f f e r s ..........A c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n t h e major. ELECTIVE.. FEE.. We ... . . A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s dictate. ... .......Charges made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l . ...........Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. SEMESTER ... F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. .......The College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. . PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department. Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March, August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May, June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis, Minnesota. Introduction There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you both. The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose participation i n athletics. Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own education. A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4.1' I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t . Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and t h e Fighting Saints. Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f Christian higher education. The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan area. Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s . The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing artists. A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus. ( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.) History Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879. The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . r Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g academic e x c e l l e n c e t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the Christian f a i t h . I Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked Preferred t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181) times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n . . School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal and p r e p a r e a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having coffee. General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see "Academic Administration" section. ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications E a s t Asian S t u d i e s Economics Economics /Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro -Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology P h y s i c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Work Sociology Spanish 1 Speech Theater A r t s Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted f o r f u r t h e r information. Pre-Professional Training Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses. Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s , cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses. These co-learning c l a s s e s CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co-learning courses. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. . Augsburg and COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI ) CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Aupsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e three hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN), Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n . - ~ SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg . Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e requirements) Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and Cultural Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s . Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower. This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y areas. Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s . West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms and b a t h . Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women. The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g i n College houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations. Admission to the College and Financial Aid Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background. A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o s e e t h e campus. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor, along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester t o : Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn 55404 . 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1 a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s . 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e . 2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f . Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes which a r e provided. 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Admission An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup Library Science H a l l Old Main Mortensen Tower and V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t ) Urness Tower The College Center The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o The Music Building S i Melby H a l l Speech and Drama Building E a s t H a l l (Band Building) A. B. F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required) S,tudent Parking (Permit Required) Offices Admissions (Science 156) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ) Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r ) A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128) Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) Center f o r Student Development (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor) Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r ) Advanced Standing College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. Financial Aid About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information, c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College. Expenses Expenses TUITION - $2,115.00 T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d . A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT For p a r t - t i m e REFUNDABLE A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00. Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer Science, $25 .OO Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement of Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) . Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students: $2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e . Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room $1,161.00 P a r t i a l Board and Room $1,125.00 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) $ 801.00 5 Day Lunch Plan $ 234.00 In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract year. A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'. A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides f i v e noon lunches p e r week. Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year. 1974-75 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00 Application Fee. Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) . . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00 Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 25.00 Board and Room Breakage (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s . 80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s . 70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges. In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s . Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College. 5. Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s . 6. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows (One course may meet one requirement only) : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply. f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Divisional Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Earl R. A l t o n Chairman : Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman : Norma C . Noonan Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department o f Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman : E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography, L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman : P h i l i p A. Quanbeck Department of A r t Department o f E n g l i s h Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of Religion Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as full-time students. Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s . Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses having t a k e n 16-24 courses having t a k e n 25 o r more courses I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y , he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as follows : 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0 .b Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course. Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course) . Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average. A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n . For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r . An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester. A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average. Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d . Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0, o r N. Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r . A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s . Graduation With Distinction Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows : Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 3.6 3.3 - 4.0 grade average 3.89 grade average - 3.59 grade average - General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Classification ....... .......... ........ Sophomore Junior Senior.. ........14 grade p o i n t s ........32 grade p o i n t s 7 courses 16 courses 25 c o u r s e s . . ..... .50 grade p o i n t s To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s . Courses A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n . Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d . Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Course Descriptions American Studies Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages. See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS: H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s Amsrican S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490 S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 1 14 Education 478, 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463 Economics 120, 122, 251, 453 TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y director. MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s under major. 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . (Fall) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today., e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores. all) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE For description, see 295. l e v e l of work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e all) and a r c h i t e c t u r e . 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. ( F a l l , Spring) Department of Biology Chairman : Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y (Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I ) P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352; Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major. . one c o u r s e from e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology, Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y , P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r Microbiology (Group V ) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major. MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year. 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) (Lecture 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 4\' For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory. 111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m ) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o t h e study v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, pathogenicity a r e considered 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and morphology, physiology, genetics, and as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 112, 367 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.: 112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 SEMINAR Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. : 112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g I n addition, c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . (392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.) In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n . 101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. (Fall, Interim) 102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) l e c t u r e s , and case material. 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral ( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g ) topics . . 3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261. Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-18 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108. ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALTZATION: MTNOR: or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219. Five courses i n Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120. A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l education r e q u i r e m n t s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting. (Interim) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m ) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent. Spring) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or e q u i v a l ent Spring) . 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr) 4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1 9 74-75) Economics MAJOR : ECONOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. COMBINED MAJOR: ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n , d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d . MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n . E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t . 1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl'; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ; D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , Interim, Spring) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s . (Prereq.: 123. F a l l ) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. (Prereq.: #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chemistry Chairman: E a r l Alton GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r . AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e . T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n , n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp& a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r . P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<: DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g ) h i g h school chemistry, 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or 115. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g ) 353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362, o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l ) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n d u r i n g t h e academic year. East Asian Studies T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s : Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t may a p p l y toward t h i s major. Department of Education Acting Chairman: Lauretta E . Pelton The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111, and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s recommended. 2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y ) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g . Fall, Spring) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring) 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of English Acting chairman: Ronald Palosaari MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s 250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 219 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Spring) . 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 261 MODERN FICTION S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . (Fall, Spring) 272 LITERARY CLASS1CS Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 43 II n 2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological, t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e . 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English 1anguage (Spring) . 3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements. Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 . 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See description under Scandinavian Studies 352. 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship Director. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e all, S p r i n g ) s t u d e n t ' s choice. Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences, however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on all , Spring) placement. 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on (Spring) advanced placement . 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l ) 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and (Spring) l i t e r a r y study i n French. 2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor. (Fall) 3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n (Fall) courses. 3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s . y e a r l y on demand) . 3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r Readings, r e p o r t s , i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness. extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976) 3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t ' promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 19 7 5 ) 3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) - 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( S p r i n g 1976-77. Offered every t h i r d year) 3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I g, etc.) , Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide, Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, 3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus, Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.) shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332, 354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year) A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac, 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions) ( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l . Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . 112 F a l l , Spring) 21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages, t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0 - 1890 Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present. Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g ) 2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y ) Linguistics 31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current 1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. ( S p r i n g ) 411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s : t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work 1 112, S p r i n g ) expected. 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. ( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) ,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) 3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge j m d miltors w i l l bc of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. (Spring) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354. ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e . ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l , Spring; 112, Spring) 2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l ) 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. Fall) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1 A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l 1974, 1976. 353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e . and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g ) 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. (Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar. A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s : A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level. S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f end o f the f i r s t t e r m c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e MINOR: 3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t ) a f a c u l t y conwittee. 5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300) b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be t a k e n i n sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g ) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l ) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring) 3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th Centuries. 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period. An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y . (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l ) 4 6 4 MODERN CHINA The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839. 4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76) 4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (Fall) . 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. Department of Mathematics Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: - 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325. M s : 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11 Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with of several variables d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w and s e r i e s with applications primarily from *$Peal sciences. Primarily f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l ) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975, alternate years) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern elementary s c h & -tics c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g ) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e , 224. F a l l ) e.: 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ] 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1 A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m ) Medical Technology This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical Technology adviser. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies Director: J o e l S. Torstenson 1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study. MAJOR: The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102; B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360; S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l . To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology, r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . * The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karl& MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457, 458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education. . . . . . . 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y (1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year. A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s . A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano proficiw@# ' o n b y t h e end o f the year. I t i n c l u d e s : i n v e r s i o n s , played two (a) majw. minor s c a l e s w i t h r er and w i t h correct a t moderate s p e e d and o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3 from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi* qd.+sical sonata; ( c ) a Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade. One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory. &ece*, During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s . TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: & sew$& b'da m* a A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e , #a r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 ) s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when convenient. 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall) 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. (Fall) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Fall) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. ( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control, f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student, but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band ~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112. be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361. - In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department. NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the o f t h e philosophy faculty. j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement. 1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates, P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 0 ETHICS Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 3 0 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110. 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11: (Fall, Spring) MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241, 242, 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344. F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1975-76) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75) 3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 344. F a l l , 1975-76) 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o , Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #. 1975-76) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r 1974-75) course i n philosophy. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: E . W. Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472. 223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572. 10 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y course are a l s o required. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 5 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243. 1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n (PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499 Independent Study) C@lWENG EN-PIT: m&hg. - Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . Physical Education 102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body. (Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105. Spring) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fa11 ) 472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately. (Fall) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School on1 y) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education. majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y ) Open only t o Health Education 1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. ( F a l l ) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses. American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring) Also includes ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program. (Fall) Department of Physics Chairman: Theodore Hanwick MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made of n 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , 3-inch Quostar. Spring1 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics, wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s . Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Fall) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, F a l l ) 2 6 1 ELECTRONICS A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 224. Fall) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1 A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems, c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1 The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and 1 seminar hour p e r week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 351. S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u . P r e r e q . : 486. Spring) Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a . MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e 3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e department. * The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . ) - Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n . For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . (Fall, Spring) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. description) See note under 326. See Section 11 for 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section I V for description) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. 11. See Section I V for description) COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . course i n Political Science or #) (Prereq.: One 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice, including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L POLITICS 160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign (Spring) policy . 361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years. ) V. P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section 11 for description) 3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s (Offered alternate years .) appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. ) 3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study f o r Interim, Spring) lower division students. (Prereq. : #. Fall, 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . Fall, Interim, Spring) (Prereq.: #. 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student. (Prereq. : # Fall, Interim, Spring) . Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y , should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n ( F a l l , Spring) major sub-areas. 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult. Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . (Preraq. : 3 5 1 . Spring),, 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY .. .. I A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . ( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l ) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research. ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.: 105. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. General Education requirement. ) (Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n requirements. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s . all) 3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75) 3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1 The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church. (Fall) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine . 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin Luther and o t h e r representative figures. (Fall) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. (Fall) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 5 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l ) 4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring) 4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B . BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495; Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: J o e l Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( S p r i n g ) 2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 362, 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ; h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra. Fall, Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n . Spring) Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION - A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth; and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring) 3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y ) c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g . 3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 105. Fall) Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s . ( P r e r e q . : #) 4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y , i n c l u d i n g 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r . of instructor. (Prereq. : 121, permission Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul T. Steen MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384; S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861 8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) . (one The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325 326; Psychology 351 352 (may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362 375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l Work 257 357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231 and 232. - or and 2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework, group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l ) 3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work. (Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g ) 3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY * A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (summer) 3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer) 4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e . Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major Spring) . Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f Admissions. P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r 352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s required. SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g , l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n dramatic productions during a l l four years. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l ) Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements. (Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y . of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g ) See a l s o description under Department 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g ) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n .discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) P r a c t i c e i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students on 1y (Spring) . 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. Spring) (Prereq. : 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall) 487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . * ( F a l l , Spring) Total Student Enrollment . . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773 359 Academic Year, 1972-1973, Summer Session, 1973 Summary of Graduates ................ Graduates, 1870-1972 Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972 - May 20, 1973) . 5,434 260 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) *WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan (Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) . BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education) ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College, (Theater Arts D i r e c t o r ) KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian) JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion) *ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics) VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e Studies) WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach) JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band) *NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass) CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American History) BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935, R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer) ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus) . K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e ) F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s ) BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972, Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics) GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Learning) *EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics) *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education) NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology) HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n ) BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Visual Communications) MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy) (Enj oys f e n c i n g , c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t ) *WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Chicago (Human Development) BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s roses) *ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods) DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g , p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry) . LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A. 1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r ) THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y (Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication) *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Voice) DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology) NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e ) HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y ) JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach) VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) * I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y ) MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d School o f Music (Piano) MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French) ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) , Department Chairman *SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Zoology) *JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish) BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing) *LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing) GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g ) ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961, Luther Theological Seminary "KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance) MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Enjoys bargain-hunting) DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays preaching) *SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and gardening) JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology) *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass) GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ; S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75 S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest) *KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l , mental and s p i r i t u a l ) ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y ) RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Ancient History) "CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s . DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America) ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Theater Arts) JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting) *WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) "VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa (American C i v i l i z a t i o n ) RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman. (Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s ) "PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics) ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l ) WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology) LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping, mus i c) JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends weekends s k i i n g . ) MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ) Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l ) STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r ) *JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology) GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish) PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making) . EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance, Urban) "KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e ) LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir) *IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Library Science) EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail School o f Music *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960, Hebrew Union College (Judaism) MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943, U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota *DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology) PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community) *CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory) GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman *RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College (Personality) NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research) JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of Mus i c JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology) *EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Elementary A r t Methods) *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism) * Part-time Personnel Administration President ..................... Finance and Management Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management Controller D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r of Data Processing D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . Burton P . Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1 Academic A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs Registrar Assistant Registrar Head L i b r a r i a n D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth ....... .. .... ... . . . . . . . . C.. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y . . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson Development and College R e l a t i o n s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~ D i r e c t o r of Development D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s Manager of t h e News Bureau O f f i c e Manager . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low . . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson Student A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement D i r e c t o r of Student Programs D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander . . . . . . . Richard Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh . . . . . . . . P a t Olsson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson . . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr. Index ...... ........... AcademicAdministration 22 Academic L i f e 7 Accreditation 6 Administration 89 Admission t o t h e College 15 Advanced Placement 16 Advanced Standing 18 American S t u d i e s 27 Anthropology 76 A r t . Department of 28 Bachelor of Music Degree 11. 57 Biology. Department of 29 Board. Cost of 20 Business Administration . . . . . . 32 Business Education 34 Calendar 7 Campus 6 CampusMap 17 Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37 Classification 26 Communications 79 Computer Science 56 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 9 C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26 Course Desdriptions 27 C r e d i t by Examination 26 Degrees 11 D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23 East Asian S t u d i e s 39 Economics 35 Education. Department of . . . . . 40 Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40 Education. Secondary 41 English. Department of 43 Enrollment 82 Expenses 19 Faculty .7. 83 F i n a n c i a l Aid 18 F i n a n c i a l Information 20 Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8 Food S e r v i c e 14 French 45 Foreign Languages 45 Full-Time Student Defined 26 General Education Requirements 7 Geography 42 German 48 Grading 24 Graduates (1870-19 73) 82 Summary o f 82 Graduation Requirements 22 . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . ..... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... . . . ...... ...... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ...... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... .............. . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. .............. ....... ........... ...... .. ....... .. .... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . . Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n 25 Greek 49 Health Education 63. 65 H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College 4 History. Department of 52 Honors Program 11 Housing 13 Identification 4 I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs 8 Intercollegiate Athletics 12 I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study 10 Journalism 43 Library Science 42 Linguistics 49 Location 4 Majors 8 Mathematics. Department of 54 Medical Technology 9. 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) 14 Music. Department o f 57 Nature and O b j e c t i v e s 5 N a t u r a l Science 60 Numbering of Courses 26 Pers onne 1 89 Philosophy. Department of 61 P h y s i c a l Education 63 Physics. Department of 65 P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of 67 Pre-Professional Training 8 Probation and Dismissal 24 Psychology. Department of 70 Recreation 12 Refunds 21 Registration 24 Religion. Department o f 72 Religious L i f e 12 Room Costs 20 Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s 50 S o c i a l Science Majors 75 S o c i a l Work 78 Sociology. Department of 76 Spanish 51 Speech. Department of 79 Student L i f e 12 Student S e r v i c e s 12 Summer School 9. 10 Symbol (#) 26 T h e a t e r Arts 80 Transfer 15 T u i t i o n and Fees 19 V i s i t i n g t h e Campus 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .......... ... ..... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ .... . . .... . ...... ...... ...... .. . .... .. .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . ...... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . .......... ..... . . . . . . . . . . ....... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . .......... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ......... ........
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1975
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: INTERIM 1975 - Interim Dates October 23 - 25 January 6 (Monday) January January January January 7 (Tuesday) 10 (Friday) 24 (Friday) 31 (Friday) I - - - ''1 I I 14 I c 1 1 1 Interim registration 'I 1 Interim begins: I Class I - 9:00 a.m. Class I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancellad...
Show more INTERIM 1975 - Interim Dates October 23 - 25 January 6 (Monday) January January January January 7 (Tuesday) 10 (Friday) 24 (Friday) 31 (Friday) I - - - ''1 I I 14 I c 1 1 1 Interim registration 'I 1 Interim begins: I Class I - 9:00 a.m. Class I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancelladd Last day for determing optional grade Last day for cancelling class Interim ends Requirements and Course Load The interim is an integral part of the fall semester at Augsburg College. The number of interims required for graduation is equal to one interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a student enrolled full-time for four years is required three interims; a student enrolled full-time for two years is required one interim. While a student is not required to enroll in an interim, helshe pays tuition for an interim during each year helshe is enrolled full-time at Augsburg. Tuition for the interim is paid as a part of the fall tuition payment. A student may take an interim in the major or outside the major. Each discipline may require one interim of its majors, and each student may elect one additional interim in the major. Beyond the two interims in the major each student will elect interims outside the major. One interim course is the limit of the student's academic load during the one-month term. June Interims Each year an interim course will be offered for the following June term of summer school. A student may enroll in a June interim course in lieu of the January term. If helshe elects June rather than January, there will be no additional tuition charge. Students planning the June interim in lieu of January, however, must register for the June interim at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay regular one summer course tuition. Distribution Requirements and Grading Each department at Augsburg offers at least one interim course that will fulfill the distribution requirements for graduation. Each instructor determines the manner in which the interim will be graded. The grading is listed with each interim description: Traditional; PIN; Optional. -. - # n interim course should make the same time-demands upon the student as a standard semester course. The'number and length of class meetings is not rigidly fixed. Students, however, should plan for in-class participation of about ten hours per week. In addition, there will be labs, field study, travel, reading, reports, and papers. On-Campus Classes and Off-Campus Classes The following catalogue lists the interim courses available at Augsburg. In addition to these courses, Augsburg students may enroll for their interim at Hamline, Macalester, or St. Catherines in St. Paul, and at St. Olaf iq Northfield, as well as any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Students planning an interim, other than the Take-Five Colleges, need to clear their plans with the Interim Director. Should students have questions about other campus interims and major requirements, they should consult with the department chairman of their major. Should they have questions about other campus interims and distribution requirements, they should consult with the Registrar. The ALC Joint Interim The 1975 interim will bring together, for the third year, students from a number of American Lutheran Church colleges for a joint learning and living experience. The 1975 joint interim will focus on a common theme: "Community Awareness: The Future is Now." Courses will be offered in Minneapolis, in St. Paul, and in Omaha, Nebraska. While arrangements have been made for joint housing, Augsburg College students may enroll in a joint interim course without participating in the housing arrangements. Independent Study Students may elect an independent study program for the interim. If they plan such, they must meet the department's requirements for independent study. They must also present, at the time of registration for the interim, a written agreement from the individual instructor who will direct their independent study program. A topic and tentative outline, including bibliography for the independent study, must be submitted to the instructor and the office of the Interim Director no later than December 12, 1974. No independent study will be accepted after December 12. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. These time periods are flexible, but the flexibility will be determined by the instructor and the class at the first session. I - 8:OO - 12:30 I1 - 12:30 - 5:OO rn'IST All interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Class I will meet on the first day at 9:00 a.m. Class I1 will meet on the first day at 1:00 p.m. Cancelling, Adding and Grading Tuesday, January 7, 1975, is the last day for cancelling and adding a course. Friday, Januray 10, 1975, is the last day for determining-optional grade. Additional Questions Students with particular questions about the interim should consult Dr. Mark Davis, Associate Dean, Memorial Hall 128, Extension 485. Department of Art 10155 Iconography and Icon Painting The concepts of image within the early Christian church and the functions of icons within Eastern Orthodoxy. Preparation and execution of an icon panel using egg tempera and gold leaf. (ALC Joint Interim) , Instructor: Thompson Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None . Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Minneapolis Armory (students may enroll in this Augsburg interim without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.) , w Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Instructor: Rusten Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Art studio 110 Continued film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Instructor: Rusten Distribution requirements: Humanities Prerequisites: Film-making I Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Art studio 110 Department of Biology 20109 Human Biology: Homo Sapien for Better or Worse Using mainly lectures, reinforced with guest speakers and films, attempt to teach some basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What affect does man have upon the environment? What affect does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? Instructor: Mickelberg Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science Prerequisites: None Gradlng : Optional Time: I Room: 213 and 214 2049 1 Biological Forefronts Discussions of up to the minute topics in biological research with presentations given both by researchers in various fields of biology and by students registered for the course. This course fulfills the requirement of seminar for the biology major. Instructor: Thorpe Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology major Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 213 Department of Business Administration, Business Education, Economics 21101 Introduction to Accounting Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Instructor: Kader Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 23 33110 Office Technology Simulation of office duties including filing, use of transcription machines, introduction to data processing and problems involving all departments in business, such as accounting, mailing, communication and administration. Instructor: Lund Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Elementary typewriting or high school typewriting. Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 11 21295 Computer Applications for Social Science The objective of the course is to present to students the modern technology of computor aided research methods in business and economics as well as in the social sciences. The topics covered will include the various computor packages available through CDC 6600 at University of Minnesota. Elementary discussions of the statistical techniques utilized will also be presented. Topics: scope operating system, tape handling, diskpack, library routines. Statistical Techniques: regression, experimental design models, parametric and non-parametric methods. Instructor: Matsumoto Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 22 Fee: $15.00 Economics of Urban Issues Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban economist. Some of the topics to be discussed are: population crisis; mass transit system; distributing free bread; free medical care; etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion. Instructor: Sabella Distribution requirement: Social Science, Urban Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 22295 *History of Economic Thought An introduction to the development of economic thinking from the middle ages to the nineteenth century. The contributions of the major schools of economic thought will be discussed with particular attention being paid to the social and institutional climate in which they developed. The economic thought of the schoolmen, mercantilists, physiacrats, and Marx as well as the classical and neo-classical tradition will be discussed. Instructor: Morici Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Department of Chemistry 34110 Energy, Man, and the Environment As you and those in your generation take over the running of the world, what will it run on? Just food and air? Certainly those, but what else? What are the world's sources of energy for your generation and your children's generation? We'll study them in this interim--fusion power; hydrogen; fission power; geothermal energy; solar energy; petroleum fuels; coal; hydroelectric systems; the tides; wind. And food, too. Food not only gives us energy for living, it requires energy for growing--fuels for machines, for making fertilizer, for pumping water. We'll look closely at both the prospects of each fuel and the problems--strip mining; air pollution; radioactive wastes; salination of soil; harm to wildlife and people; oil blackmail. The intent is that you become informed to the point where you know something about these matters and can inform others; where you can participate intelligently in making the moral choices that surely will face you; where you know how to stay informed, how to find information, how to keep up to date. The level will be semi-technical. We may use one of the several environmental science books now available as a basic text and then exploit other books, articles and government publications. We'll study many films--high quality color films. If the opportunity arises--there's no way to know this early--we'll visit a nuclear power plant. We'll meet about four times a week, about two hours or so at a time, (depending on the film for the day.) W s course assumes a knowledge of high school chemistry or the equivalent. Instructor: Holum Distribution requirement: Urban, Natural Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Traditional Time: I Room: Science Hall 320 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The course is to be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim of their sophomore year. Medical technologists, should take Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments. Instructor: Gyberg Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116 Grading: Traditional Time: I lecture, I1 laboratory Room: 315 34359 Industrial Chemistry Industrial chemistry entails products selling for about 100 billion dollars a year. It is desirable that science majors be aware of the scope of this production and the details of selected operations, representative of the field. Important topics will be considered I by lecture, reading and films. A limited number of local trips will perhaps be made to see "industry in action." Instructor: Agre Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 318 Department of Education 44255 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. In-school experiences will be in schools throughout the Twin Cities areas. Instructor: Reuter Distribution requirements: None Prerequisites: Sophomore and Junior standing Grading: Optional Time: I and period I1 two days per week Room: Library 1 45375 Audio-visual Media The student will be assigned full time to work closely with the media personnel of an area school or district center having an outstanding audio-visual program. The internship will provide the student with experiences related to the development of competencies in using non-print materials in a school setting. Instructor: Alexander Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor Grading; Optional Time: I1 Room: Library 4 45482 Student Teaching, Secondary Full days experience in the classroom. Opportunities are provided for the experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Instructor: Johnson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: 265, 459, Special Methods Grading: Optional Room: Appointment with Dr. Johnson 444991 45499 Independent Study Each student desiring an independent study will submit to the Education Department a proposal describing hislher objectives and an outline showing how helshe plans to attain these objectives. If the department gives approval, then a college supervisor for the study is named. Number of independent studies for the department is limited. Contact the elementary or secondary education coordinator. Instructor: Staff Grading: Optional Pepartment of Englieh 54211 People Under Pressure The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old all live under pressure--political, social, religious, and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. Literature, including every genre from many countries, will be read and discussed both by the entire class and in small groups. If possible resources of the city will be used, i.e., a play, a movie, a guest lecturer or discussion leader. An effort will be made to choose books unfamilar to the student. Among those being considered: The Man Who Killed the Deer, The Portrait of an Artist as a Yougg,Man,My Name is Asher Lev, The Quest for Christa, All Quiet on the Western Front, % I Never Sang for My Father, Antigone. Instructor: Andersen Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 The New Journalism: Reading in the Present This course might also be titled "I don't even believe what I read in the newspaper." Launched with a single text, The New Journalism by Tom Wolfe and E. W. Johnson, the class will proceed to examine- -Norman Mailer, Truman Capote, George Plimpton, Terry Southern, and other writers who have, in the past decade, employed the techniques of fiction in plying their trade as new journalists. Instructor for the course is practicing journalist and will call upon professional colleagues from the print media to give their views on the recent phenomenon. Instructor: Wood Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 25 54237 Literature by and about Women "Literature by and about Women" will consist of close reading of poetry, essays and fiction by women, primarily of the 20th century, In addition to literary matters, we will consider sexual stereotyping, various masks women have worn to "pass" in our largely sexist Department of E n g l i s h 54259 A S e v e n t i e s Sampler We w i l l s t u d y some n o v e l s , poems, p l a y s , and f i l m s w r i t t e n o r f i l m e d i n t h e 1970's. Our r e a d i n g w i l l i n c l u d e t h e l a t e s t a v a i l a b l e works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger and some r e c e n t s c i e n c e f i c t i o n , d e t e c t i v e s t o r i e s , and a r e c e n t b e s t s e l l e r . Our viewing w i l l depend on what p l a y s and f i l m s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n January i n t h e Twin Cities. I f p o s s i b l e , s t u d e n t s w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e of l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who t a k e t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e r e a d i n g . Films w i l l b e s e e n i n t h e a f t e r n o o n t o t a k e advantage of lower p r i c e s , b u t we wills e e two o r t h r e e p l a y s i n t h e evening. Instructor: Palosaari D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 Humanities and male-dominated society, woman's place, and hapes for the future. Emphasis will be placed on class discussion. Instructor: Thornton Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 54255 American Indian Voices, 1920 - 1974 American Indians speak for themselves in modern America through their oratory, autobiographies, essays, short fiction, novels and recent poetry and ballads. Some significant topics include the persistence of traditional Indian values, growing up Indian, historical and contemporary responses of Indians to white oppression and the search for identity in the modern world. Major readings will feature Black Elk Speaks, Vine Deloria's Custer Died for Your Sins, and two novels, Hyemeyohst Storm's =en Arrows and N. Scott Momaday's House Made of Dawn. Class activities will include small group discussions, a journal and a class report on additional Indian writings. Indian poets will be invited to read and discuss their own poetry and the class will participate in some local pow-wows. Instructor: Nicholl Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 34 An exploration of the stories surrounding the Round Table, its knights, and its damsels, from the 12th century through the 15th century in England and on the Continent. An introduction to courtly love and the love stories of Guinevere and Lancelot, and Tristan and Isolde. A comparison of the Perceval legends and the Grail romances. An introduction to romances based on folk material. All in translation. Malory will end the course. Instructor: Dewell Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: One prior Literature course Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 201 54341 Wrriage and Literature We will study the theme of the decay of marriage in the works of Scott and Zelda Fitzgerald and Ted Hughes and Sylvia Plath. We will examine the complex relationship between the writers' lives and their autobiographical but transformed works. We will ponder why both women wrote novels with a central female character who is crazy and why both women felt compelled to see themselves as crazy. Instructor: Sargent Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Department of Foreign Language 701 15 French in Canada (Quebec) Students will enroll in the January interim study term at Lava1 University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking University in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums, social and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the Laurentian Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study French in French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking families. Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability Distribution requirement: Foreign Language Prerequisites: None Cost: Approximately $500 70245 Women in French Literature The course will examine the differing roles of women in French literature of several centuries, from Iseut and Harquerite de Navarre to Emma Bovary and Simone de Beauvoir. The study will be divided into two aspects: 1) the French woman as writer and 2) the woman as heroine in French literature. In addition the course will seek any uniquely French understandings of woman's role as seen in French literature. Class discussions, extensive reading, frequent oral reports and a paper. Instructor: Johnson Distribution requirement: Foreign Language Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 7 72309 20th Century German Prose Writers Works to be read reflect not only the unique German experience of the 20th century, but also problems which are of concern to all humanity: war and peace, political and social change, alienation, generation conflict, the search for personal identity and for personal and collective security. Several women authors will be included, as well as writers from the German Democratic Republic. Works will all be read in German. Discussions will be conducted in German as much as possible. Discussion in English whenever needed. Instructor: Oyler Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: German 212 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 4 75111 Beginning Norwegian This is a complete introductory course in Norwegian language and culture. Regular class and laboratory attendance is a must because of the accelerated pace of learning. Students will find this an effective and enjoyable exposure to a foreign language and its culture. Instructor: Hansen Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 762191 76319 Language, Culture and Theater in Madrid The main goals'of this course will be to improve the student's spoken Spanish, widen his cultural experience and to acquaint him with the Spanish theater. The group will be based in Madrid I' 8 Jd I d d w I I for four weeks with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the aleen en, El Escorial and Segovia. Activities will include tutoring three times a week by spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other excellent museums, and attendance at two or three theater performances per week. In addition, there will be regular discussions concerning Spanish theater and civilization and students will be asked to keep a journal in Spanish. The group will also attend Protestant and Catholic church services, the Madrid symphony, films, and other cultural functions offered to university students in Madrid. Instructor: Kingsley Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: Spanish 214 Grading: Optional Costs: $775 76223 The Chicano Struggle Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student to the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle to maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and to integrate into American society on the other. (Discussions and readings in Spanish.) Instructor: Franco Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Spanish 214 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 8 76299 Introductory Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psychollinguistics (inquiry into the mechanisms of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. Instructor: Steinmetz Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: 8 General Studies 58229 Issues in Human Development; A Cultural Perspective The interim will be based in a Benedictine monastery in the village of Ahuatapec near Curenavaca, Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide both an academic and experiential framework for the students to clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic community and the other members of the group. The class will not only be as a learning community for the month, but a working, living and worshiping community as well. While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part of each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural and social projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of the community within the group itself, and the skills involved in developing a community. In addition to the monastery, some time will be spent in Mexico City and in small group travel experiences to the other parts of Mexico. Background readings and extensive daily journal and a final paper will be required. Several preparatory meetings will be held during the fall term. Instructor: Mugge Distribution requirement: Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Cost: $400 58289 Counseling Skills: None Components of Helping Relationships An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive understanding and practical competency in individual and group situations. Open to any student wishing to explore the potentiality of helping relationships within his or her intended occupation. Not to be counted toward a major or minor in psychology. Instructor: Sander Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 28 58299 The Games of Man This interim will provide an opportunity for learning old and new games. Some games will be for sheer fun, others for teaching purposes and still others for self examination and development. We will work on some traditional board games and also do dome comtemporary simulations. Hopefully the class will also create some new games and be introduced to the business of game production. Instructor: Gustafson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Department of History 56160 "Can These Stones Speak?": Cuniform Writing an Introduction to the Principles of A study of the ancient Sumerians and related Mesopotamian civilizations through an introduction to cuniform writing. Students will learn to transliterate (i.e. render the cuniform symbols into English syllables) and translate the simpler Sumerian cuniform texts dating from 2,000 B.C. Instructor: Nelson Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 318 56351 Topics in United States History Individual directed study in selected areas of U.S. History such as Minnesota and Upper Midwest political development, Upper Midwest Ethnic history and the Scandinavian-American experience. Will be set up essentially as a "tutorial" with periodic individual conferences with student which will be scheduled at beginning of the course. It will be necessary to secure departmental approval of design of project in advance of the interim. Instructor: Chrislock Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Interdisciplinary Studies 58320 Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas, not a land of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study these three ancient civilizations from the viewpoint,of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes, agriculture, and daily life. Instructor: Reichenbach Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 2 60250 Science and Faith The course will begin with a historical look at views as to the orgin, nature and evolution of the universe, life and man. The methods, language and limitations of Science and Religion will be considered. Finally, views as to the relationship between God and nature will be discussed with the aim of working toward a "Theology of Nature" as is considered, for example, Ian Bargour. Instructor: Hanwick, Sulerud, Quanbeck Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 205 Department of Mathematics 61141 Three Modern Space-Time Odysseys A controversial research trip, with a flavor of mathematical concepts, into some universal modern problems. The first odyssey is an exposure of chaotic elements of present knowledge systems such as the sciences, philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey is a trip through time and space from the past to the present relativity universe; the role of mathematics in the formation of cosmic models is stressed. The third odyssey attempts an objective view of our space-time universe, aided by concepts in mathematics, the sciences, and Biblical theology. Three brief written papers are required. The mathematical background needed for this course is minimal. Instructor: Follingstad Distribution requirement: Natural Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 212 61275 Shapes, Space and Symmetry The study of mathematical structure and relationships through construction of geometrical solids. This course assumes a student knowledge of mathematics equivalent, to algebra and _____-.__ __..___.._____-__._ -_-.high ._ school -... -....- ..--. -..--..-.--geometry. Instructor: Durkee Distribution requirement: Natural Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Traditional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 205 Department of Music Introduction to Music Therapy This will be an introductory course for the student who may be interested in pursuing the field of music therapy as a career. It will be offered to freshmen and sophomores, so they may consider music therapy before taking the required courses as a junior or senior. It will include a survey of some of the music therapy programs in the area. Instructor: Metzler Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 82235 Music and the Dance A course for students interested in exploring some relationships between the two art forms from historic, technical, and creative aspects. An original work will be created, rehearsed, and presented in cooperation with the Minnesota Dance Theater. Study will include the investigation of problems for the musician, dancer, composer, choreographer, designer, and technician, and students will have the opportunity to participate in these capacities. Instructor: Karlen Distribution requirement: Fine Arts Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Music Auditorium Fee: $25 82245 Sound and Sight Parameters The course will consist of studying the different levels of art work perception available to people. Discussion will deal with techniques employed in the creating and receiving processes. Some of the art works explored will be by Bloch, David, Debussy, Degas, Delacroix, Dostoyevsky, El Greco, Hawthorne, Hemingway, Holst, Husa, Keats, Matisse, Monet, Mozart, Picasso, Poe, Renior, Stravinsky, Tchaikovsky, Thurber, Van Gogh, And Wordsworth. A creative project is required of all registrants. A field trip to Chicapo necessitates a special fee. Instructor: Carlson Distribution requirement: Fine Arts Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Music Building 20 Fee: $85 82290 The Art of Accompanying and Related Keyboard Techniques We will explore and put into practice the various techniques of accompanying both vocal and instrumental music. Practice in transposing and improvising will also be given. Aspects of sight-reading and styllistic interpretations will be studies. Techniques of accompaniment on the piano, organ, harpsichord will be practiced. Instructor: Metzker Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Keyboard facility in one or more of the following instruments: piano, organ, harpsichord. Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Music Building 20 82370 Creative Music in the Elementary School This course is designed to expand the musical experience and to enlarge the musical understanding of the student by playing Orff instruments (recorders, percussion, and melodis instruments;) by movement to music; by creating and composing music to poetry and arranging songs for instruments; by drawing to music (discovering the configuration of melodis and rhythmic line;) by learning new notation; by exploring new materials for children's musical experience; by analyzing how children learn performance skills. Instructor: Pauline Sateren Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: 7:00 p.m. - 9:30 p.m. (Monday Room: Music Auditorium 82390 - Thursday) Broadway Musical The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing acting, set design and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Instructor: Gabrielsen, Johnson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Music Auditorium Department of Physical Education and Health Education 55232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, noon hour activities, low organized games, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Instructor: Peterson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Gymnasium 12 55482 Coaching of Sports The theory and techniques of coaching interscholastic sports. Special emphasis is placed on the prevention and care of athletic injuries. A basic understanding of the kipewi2l~p;yand_phyaiology of exercise and a knowledpe of at least one - major sport is assumed of each student . Instructor: Caris Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Junior or Senior year or consent of instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Gymnasium 13 Fee: $5 Department of Physics 84322 Nuclear Radiation Science: Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, ( 2 ) participation in the 1975 Oak Ridge Special Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and ( 3 ) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division. The Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar is funded by the Division of Nuclear Education of the United States Atomic Energy Commission. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience simply not normally available to undergzaduate students. Oak Ridge is the site of one of the largest national laboratories and is of great historical interest because of the role it played in the Manhattan Project. Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory. Instructor: Paulson plus the staff of ORAU Special Training Division Distribution requirement: Natural Science Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Fee: Cost of travel to Oak Ridge, Tennessee Room: Science Hall 22 Department of Political Science 85170 &aw and Liberty An investigation of various meanings of freedom in political, religious, and philosophical contexts; relationships of freedom and restraint, ironies and paradoxes of law and liberty. Students will choose an aspect of the problem for special study, reporting their findings for class inter-action; depending upon class size, participants will be grouped in interest-related sub-seminars. A number of brief written reports will be assigned, but no major paper. Instructor: Stenshoel Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 34 85320 The Welfare State Revisited An examination of the political justification and contemporary operation of the modern welfare state with special emphasis on the British and U. S. claims to welfare state politics. Topics to be considered include historic origins of the ideology of the welfare state in democratic and non-democratic systems, basic goals and major policy options as perceived by elites and non-elites, the attitudinal and political responses of major interests to the implementation of the welfare state and basic sources of opposition to the welfare state assumptions. Instructor: Hedblom Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: an introductory political science course or consent of the instructor Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 201 Department of Psychology 86125 Creativity in Pre-School Children Conditions that facilitate development of creativity. Each student must make her/his own arrangements in advance of the course to have ready access throughout the interim to one specific person in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade of school; children who will be 3 by July 1, 1975 are acceptable.) The child should be available basically on a daily basis for purposes of observing and interacting with the child. Consideration of play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, personal inter-action, and activities with particular reference to the development of creativity. Instructor: Johnson Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 19 JUNE INTERIM 86280 Psychology in Action ....Today and Tomorrow Observing, interviewing and studying the psychologist on the job. Business, industrial, social agency, educational, religious and private practice settings and jobs will be explored. Instructor: Anderegg Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: None Grading : Optional 86365 Models of Mind An introduction to the measurement and simulation of human mental processes. Emphasis will be on the use of digital computers in modeling sensory processes, pattern recognition, learning, language, and problem solving. Students will learn to write programs which do such things as discriminate squares from circles and play chess. Each student will be expected to apply the computer techniques learned in the course to the measurement or simulation of some mental function of interest. Instructor: Marken Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: General Psychology Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Science Hall 2 12 Fee: $15 computer time Study of research and naturalistic observations on the following topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and conditions; organizations involved in social change; adaptation to the future...futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislatures.) Instructor: Dyrud Distribution requirement: Urban Prerequisites: General Psychology Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Department of Religion Utopia and Utopian Thinkers in American Religious History This course will seek to examine how utopian thinking has functioned in American religious history. It will examine 1) how persons have conceived of the ideal community (primarily in the West and in the Christian context;) 2) how thinking about the ideal community has shaped American religious history; and 4) the continual relevance of utopian thinking to American religious history. Instructor: Luoma Distribution requirement: Religion Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Science Hall 123 86285 World Order and Religion The world appears to be in a state of crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind of order would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and principles of order. However, religions have also been ways in which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What does the religious map of the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation games. Opportunity for community life with students of other colleges, nations and religions connected with the Joint Interim Program, "An International Landscaping of the Future." (ALC Joint Interim) Instructor: Skibbe Distribution requirement: Religion Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Minneapolis Armory (Students may enroll in this course without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.) 86291 Christian Rome to A.D. 1600 The history of Christianity and the church through study and observation of Rome as a visual site of Western Christian development. Readings and lectures carefully integrated with visits to monuments, museums, and archaeological sites. Study of pagan Rome and the transformation of the city into a center of early Christianity; the city during the Middle Ages and Renaissance. Instructor: Benson Distribution requirement: Religion Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 1 2 1 Grading: Optional Cost: $775 Department of Sociology I 94250 The Church and Social Change in Capitol City In the constant flux of urban life with its population shifts, housing blights, and new freeways, certain Twin City churches (35 - 40 ALC churches among them) find themselves in a changing situation. Such churches find it difficult to cope with the change and to find meaningful ways of organizing to deal constructively with the circumstances. The student class will explore by experience and involvement on behalf of three churches in the inner stratum of St. Paul. Such a class can help provide information for formulating an approach. The three are in sight of the legislature, which helps determine much life in the area. Some students will act as legislative aides for the January session -- providing light and shadow for what is being encountered in the area. (ALC Joint Interim) Instructor: Pastor Tom Meeks, Christ Lutheran Church, St. Paul Distribution requirements: Urban, Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Christ Lutheran Church on Capitol Hill, St. Paul (students may enroll in this course without participating in the ALC Joint Interim.) 94310 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society A study of Twin Cities ethnic neighborhoods as a focus of community in metropolitan life. Focus will be on distinct and unique ethnic neighborhoods as opposed to neighborhoods dominated by local ethnic majorities and/or racial minorities. Field trips to businesses, churches, and other community institutions in these neighborhoods will be included. Background reading in the sociology of community and the works of Michael Novak and/or Andrew Greeley will be required. Instructor: Nelson Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 1 94325 Face to Face Relationships: Changing Patterns and Alternatives Analysis of the functions of face-to-face relationships for the individual. Summary of shifts in the patterns of such relationships during the 20th century in the United States as well as an analysis of the current situation. An examination of alternative ways of structuring such relationships (e.g., communal living, socialization of children in day care centers.) Instructor: Grams Distribution requirement: Social Science Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or equivalent Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 94355 Scandinavian Urbanization and Community Building The extent, nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place in modern Scandinavia. The changing settlement patterns and community developments associated with urbanization and Scandinavian response to urban challenges. Comparisons with urban developments in U.S.A. Readings of recent primary and secondary sources in English translation, slides, and films on central city and satellite towns of Scandinavia. Vlsits to comparable planned urban developments in the Twin Cities, etc. will provide additional illustrative materials for this interim on comparative urban studies. Instructor: Torstenson Distribution requirement: Urban, Social Science Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 94359 The Scandinavian Corrections System: A Comparative Study One month's study on Norway and Finland, focusing on a comparison of their correction system with those in the U.S. Study includes seminar and discussion with Scandinavian criminologists, correction officers and offenders. Field trips planned to Norway and Finland's correctional agencies and institutions. Instructor: Bloom Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Previous c.ourse work in American corrections, criminology, juvenile delinquency or related subjects. Grading: Optional Fee: $925 95352 Selected Programs in Social Work With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores Instructor: Wagner Distribution requirement: None Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Grading: Optional Time: 30 hours per week in a field placement to be arranged between student and agency supervisor. In addition, there will be once a week evening review conferences on campus. Room: Memorial Hall 1 7:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. daily for review conferences. Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts 981 15 Colloquium on Current Issues A series of speeches and discussions based on studeht selected books exploring current issues. The books would be chosen from a list. This course would satisfy speech requirement for course 111. Instructor: Olson Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Speech Building 43 JUNE INTERIM 98250 Creative Problem-Solving A study of creative behavior with emphasis on problem-solving: ways to facilitate the creative process, techniques of idea-finding, re-definition of problems, solution-finding, making unusual ideas useful, brainstorming techniques, the use of metaphorical excursions and other creative approaches to the total process of problem-solving. The emphasis will be on achieving a fruitful combination of imagination and critical analysis at each stage of the problem-solving process. Materials will be a variety of sources developed by the Creative Education Staff at the State University of New York College at Buffalo. Instructor: Anderson Distribution requirement: Humanities Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional 98285 Theater Practicum The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation, its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled. Instructor: Cole Distribution requirement: Fine Arts Prerequisites: None Grading: Optional Time: 9:30 - 12:OO and 1:00 - 3:00 Room: Theatre auditorium AUGSBURG AMD ST. OLAF INTERIIIIS ABROAD EUROPE ART: The Arts of Europe: A C u l t u r a l Encounter w i t h Fi ve European Ci t i e s (ijuni ch , Vienna , Veni c: e T o r e n c e , and Rome) Malcolm Gimse St. Olaf Ideas i n a r t , a r c h i t e c t u r e , music and l i t e r a t u r e from Eastern and Western Europe c o l l i d e d and mingled i n flunich and Vienna, and, under t h e patronage o f the Imperial Dynasties, Bavari a and A u s t r i a w e r e m i ntroduced t o Renaissance ideas whi ch s p i l l e d over t h e Alps from I t a l y . Venice i s aglow w i t h near Eastern lavishness, f l o a t i n g on a cross-cul t u r a l t i d e which was e s t a b l i s h e d by i t s now vanished merchant Republic. The c i t y i s s i n k i n g p h y s i c a l l y i n t o t h e lagoon, b u t t h e i n t i m a c y o f i t s canals, foot-bridges, and del ic a t e a r c h i t e c t u r e remain. The c i t y o f Florence i s b e a u t i f u l l y preserved i n Renaissance s p i r i t and content. An encounter w i t h Michelangelo, Sculptor, as w e l l as many o t h e r a r t i s t i c geniuses i s l i k e witnessing a c u l t u r a l explosion i n t h e p r o v i n c i a l s e t t i n g o f g u i l d h a l l s and personal pal aces. Rome provides an archaelogical e x p e d i t i o n i n t o ancient h i s t o r y and a t t h e same time E s a r t i s t i c a l l y i n t o t h e f u t u r e i n the new Vatican Fluseum o f Modern Religious A r t opened by Pope Paul i n 1973. Time w i l l be spent i n each c i t y e x p l o r i n g v a s t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s , v i s i t i n g a r c h i t e c t u r a l 1andmarks, and scouting o u t s t i 11 v i t a l a r t centers. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r . Enrollment l i m i t : 20 ******************* GENERAL STUDIES : Medi terranean Cul t u r e COST: $775.00 Lee Pearcy St. O l a f The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, Phalstos, and M a l l i a , p l u s close a t t e n t i o n t o t h e vast c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological Museum a t Heracleum. I n Athens and i t s environs, w i t h the a i d o f t h e famed National Museum, f u r t h e r study of t h e Bronze Age o f t h e blycenaeans w i t h f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s . .................... COST: $875.00 FRENCH: 0 Herve Pensec St. Olaf A ,month i n P a r i s f o r i n t e r m e d i a t e and advanced students o f French. Study o f t h e language, c u l t u r e , and t h e a t r e w i t h some a t t e n t i o n t o the cinema. Attendance a t performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s and discussion. V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l e x h i b i t s . Two f u l l - d a y excursions ( t o Versai l l e s and Chartres) w i t h French-speaking l e c t u r e r s . Optional week-end excursion t o Normandy. Study o f iterns o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n the d a i l y and weekly press. One o f t h e most import a n t aspects o f language study d u r i n g the p e r i o d i s the f o u r hours o f conversation a l p r a c t i c e i n groups o f three, each w i t h a French student from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f P a r i s a c t i n g as t u t o r . Level 11: conversation a t t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e l e v e l ; 4 plays; 4 f i l m s ; one s p e c i a l p r o j e c t i n C u l t u r e and C i v i l i z a t i o n . Level 111: conversat i o n a t t h e advanced l e v e l ; d a i l y j o u r n a l i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e x i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and observations on French l i f e ; 8 plays; 1 f i l m ; weekly o r a l r e p o r t s on the preoccupati ons o f the French press. ******************* GERPIAN: COST: Hanno Kl assen St. Olaf Encounter w i t h t h e Two Germanies ..---. $775.00 a A study o f t h e separate ways of Germany s i n c e blorld War 11. The course i s designed t o use the German language f o r a co1;lparative study o f thc two German n a t i o n as off-spring o f t h e s o c i o - p o l i t i c a l systems which d i v i d e t h e peoples o f t h i s earth. I n t h e German Democratic Republic the Youth l i o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i 11 be t h e base f o r t h r e e weeks' encounter w i t h t h e Germans who 1i v e on the s o c i a l i s t i c communist side. I n the Federal Republic o f Germany t h e p a r t i c i ~ a n t sw i l l l i v e f o r one week i n t h e homes o f h o s t f a m i l i e s i n blunich. Each student i s expected t o keep a j o u r n a l t o t r a c e , analyze, o r compare p a r t i c u l a r aspects o f l i f e i n each country. I n a d d i t i o n t o developing t h e i r a b i l i t y t o communicate i n German, t h e course should g i v e the students a b e t t e r understanding o f the people, t h e i r systems, and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s o f b o t h l4el tanschauungen. ******************* ENGLISH: SPEECH : COST: Theatre i n London $775.00 Ralph Haugen S t . Olaf Study o f drama and t h e a t r e attendance i n London. Over 40 t h e a t r e s i n London, t h e t h e a t r i c a l c e n t e r o f t h e Engl ish-speaki ng world, enable students t o experience v a r i e t i e s o f dramatic productions, modern and t r a d i t i o n a l Course w i 11 i n v o l v e discussions and attendance of plays , backstage v i s i t s and discussions w i t h actors. Supplemental v i s i t s are planned t o the c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n London, t o Oxford and/or Cambridge, and t o a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e r e g i o n a l theatre. Students w i 11 keep journals. (Passlno c r e d i t only. ) . ..................... COST: $775.00 GENERAL STUDIES: Kent Eklund St. Olaf Western Eurcpean I letropol itan Areas This course focuses on the i n t e r a c t i o n s between economic and p o l l t i c a l actors i n four Western European metropolitan areas: Hunich, Brussels , London, and Paris. Specf f f c f nteractions which w i l l be examined include l o c a l econmi c and p o l i t i c a l i n s t f t u l f ons ; the impact o f these metropol itan areas on reg1onal and n a t i onal p o l i t i c a l and economic i n s t i t u t i o n s ; and the attempts by regional and n a t i o n a l governments t o meet metropol it a n problems. Specific p o l l t i c a l i n s t i t u t l o n s which w i 11 be examined include local counci 1s of government, both w4 t h f n c e n t r a l c i t i e s and suburbs, local l y elected o f f i c i a l s i n both c i t i e s and suburbs, metropolitan governmental officials, and n a t i o n a l pol itical and administratf ve o f f i c i a l s responsible f o r urban development. Included i n the examination of English metropolitan p o l i t i c s w 4 l l be a t o u r of a New Town. Economic in s t i t u t i ons included i n the examination w i 11 be p r i vate lending i n s t i tut i o n s , construction firms , p r i v a t e and national i z e d i n d u s t r i a l leaders, and nationa l l e v e l administrators responsible f o r economic p o l i c i e s and planning f o r these metropol itan area. Included i n the examination o f each metropolitan area w i 11 be tours throughout t h e neighborhoods o f t h e c i t i e s and the suburban sectors. COST: ..................... $775.00 A1 l a n Hansen S t . Olaf GENERAL STUDIES : Science His t o r y i n Europe Development o f Physical Sclence will be the focus during one week i n Munich, f e a t u r i n g the displays o f the famous technical Deutsches Fluseum. The second week, i n Parf s, w i 11 be devoted t o B i o l o g i c a l Science, drawing on material a t the Pasteur I n s t i t u t e . In the London area f o r the l a s t two weeks, the development' o f Astronomy w i l l be studied, w i t h the help o f displays a t Greenwich. The Royal I n s t i t u t i o n and the B r i t i s h Museum w i l l provide f u r t h e r observation opport u n i t i e s . A t e x t i n Science History, a research paper, and discussion o f journal e n t r i e s w i 11 f i l l o u t the course. No prerequisites RELIGION: C h r i s t i -a n Rome pa-- .................... to A D . 1600 COST: Joseph Shaw S t . Olaf $775.00 John Benson Augsburg The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i a n i t y and the church through study and observation o f Rome as a visual s i t e o f Western C h r i s t i a n development. Readings and lectures carefully i n t e g r a t e d w i t h v i s i t s t o monuments, museums, and archaeological s i t e s . Study o f pagan Rome and the transformation of the c i t y i n t o a center o f e a r l y C h r l s t i a n i t y ; the c i t y during the Cliddle Ages and Renaissance. The l a s t week of the i n t e r f m w i l l include and extended f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and Florence, and o t h e r t r i p s o u t of Rome w i l l include v i s i t s t o Ostia, Subiaco, and Pompei i . Prerequi s it e : Freshman Re1ig i on ***************** -31- COST: $775.00 SOCIOLOGY: Vern Bloom Augsburg Scandinavian C o r r e c t i o n s Sys tens A s t u d y o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n s systelns o f F i n l a n d and il!on;/ay. Emphasis w i 11 be on comparing these systems w i t i 1 those i n American s o c i c t j ~ . Students wi 11 be expected t o examine such concepts as " c r i m i n a l b e h a v i o r " i n these c o u n t r i e s , and t h e u n d e r l y i n g assumptions i n t h e approaches developed t o p r e v e n t and c o r r e c t t h i s b e h a v i o r ( P .g t h c u s c or ~ U n S s t l ~ ~ t e nt rte, d t n ~ e nt , i s o l a t i o n , r e s t i t u t i o n , e t c . ) Students w i l l a l s o have t h e oppoi-tunity t o s t u d y t h e a c t u a l process and programs o f c o r r e c t i o n s i n c l u d i n g t h e use o r non-use o f such measures as b a i l , d e t e n t i o n , p r o b a t i o n , p a r o l e , fines, and i n c a r c e r a t i o n t o compare w i t h s i m i l a r programs i n t h i s country. The experience wi 11 encompass seminars w i t h r r i r n i no1 o g i s t s from Norway and F i n l a n d f i e l d t r i p s t o v a r i o u s c o r r e c t i o n a l agencies and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s o f t h e c o r r e c t i o n a l systems, offenders and refor111groups. Prerequisite: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g w i t h some course work i n c r i mi no1ogy , d e l inquency , o r related subjects ****k**k*?r*f SPAbIISII: ******+t -Lanquale, C I J ~t u r e , and T h e a t e r - i n- d a d r i d COST: $925.00 !,la r y K i n g s 1ey Augs b u r q The main goals o f t h i s course !.!ill be t o improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken Spanish, widen h i s c u l t u r a l experience and a c q u a i n t him w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t e r . The group wi 11 be based i n I1iadrid f o r f o u r weeks w i t h s t u d y t r i p s t o Avi l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y o f t h e Faleen, El E s c o r i a l , and Seqovia. . I c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e times a week b y Spanish s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Madrid, ft~clluerit v i s i t s t o t h e Prado and o t h e r excel l e n t museums, and attendance a t two t o t h r e e t h e a t e r performances p c r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i 11 be r e g u l a r J i scussi ons concerning Spanish t h e a t e r and c i v i 1 iz a t i on and s t u d e n t s w i 11 be asked t o keep a j o u r n a l i n Spanish. Ine group w i 11 a l s o a t t e n d P r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s , t h e l i a d r i d symphony, f i lms, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l functions offered t o u n i v e r s i t y students i n lladrid. Prerequisites: f o r l e v e l I I A : t h r e e semesters o f Spanish; f o r l e v e l 111: completion of Spanish 51 w i t h a grade o f B- o r h i g h e r . COSTS: Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n . r e q u i remen,t (Area A ) . ment. I I I A counts toward major. P - Id o r grade $775.00 Counts toward 1anguage r e q u i r e - LATIN Ai4ERICA GEAERAL STUDIES I i d F,iEY,ICO: I s s u e s i n Human Devrl opnient; A C u l t u r a l Perspective Joel klugge Augsburg The i n t e r i m w i 11 be based i n a Benedictine monastery i n the v i l l a g e o f Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca, Mexico. Travel t o l:lexico w i 11 be by c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . The goal of the i n t e r i m w i l l be t o provide both an academic and e x p e r i e n t i a l framework f o r the students t o c l a r i f y t h e i r s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s values as these value are placed i n j u x t a p o s i t i o n w i t h those o f the Mexican c u l t u r e , the monastic community, and the o t h e r members o f the group. The c l a s s w i l l n o t o n l y be as l e a r n i n g community f o r t h e month, b u t a r.rorl<ing, 1i v i n g and worshiping c o ~ ~ ~ mt uy n i as w e l l . While a t t h e monastery students w i 11 be expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e as f u l l y as p o s s i b l e i n the d i s c i p l i n e o f the monastic community and w i l l spend a p a r t of each day i n c l a s s ,and p a r t o f the day working i n a g r i c u l u t r r a l and s o c i a l proj e c t s i n the v i l l a g e . Also, conscious a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o the b u i l d i n g of community w i t h i n the group i t s e l f , and t h e s k i 11s i n v o l v e d i n developing community I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e monastery, some time w i l l be spent in'l4exico C i t y and i n small group t r a v e l experiences t o o t h e r p a r t s o f F.lexico. Background readings, and extensive d a i l y j o u r n a l ancl a f i n a l paper w i 11 be required. Several preparatory meetings w i 11 be h e l d d u r i n g t h e fa1 1 term. P - iV o r Grade .................... COST: $400 MIDDLE EAST POLITICAL SCIEIdCE: P o l i t i c a l Science I n t e r i m i n the Fiiddle East Rod Grubb St. Olaf Since 1948 p o l i t i c a l problem between Arabic n a t i o n s and the S t a t e o f I s r a e l have grown i n c r e a s i n g l y ominous f o r world i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s and the p o t e n t i a1 it y o f Russi an-Uni t e d States c o n f r o n t a t i o n . This course w i 11 examine t h e p o l it i c a l problems o f the Middle East. Topics w i 11 i n c l u d e : a b r i e f h i s t o r i c a l review o f U. S . Pliddle East r e l a t i o n s h i p s ; the p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y o f t h e 1,liddle East; I s r a e l i p o l it i c a l organi z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ; Arab p o l it i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and a t t i t u d e s ; prospects f o r the f u t u r e . Stops w i 11 be made a t Rome, Cyprus, and s i g n i f i c a n t l o c a t i o n s w i t h i n I s r a e l . Wisi t s w i 11 be made t o the I s r a e l i assembly and o t h e r p o l i t i c a l and economic organizations. Lectures w i 11 be heard from I s r a e l i and P a l e s t i n i a n p o l i t i c a l leaders and from academic a u t h o r i t i e s . Important h i s t o r i c a l and p o l iti c a l l o c a t i o n s w i l l be v i s i t e d . ******************.A* COST : $925.00 ASIAN STUDIES: Paci f i c and Asi an I n t e r c u l t u r a l Studies H i 11iam Narurn St. Olaf This seminar w i 11 study t h e i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s e x i s t i n g between P a c i f i c , Asi an, and American c u l t u r e s i n Hawai i--especi a1 l y t h e r o l e o f r e 1ig i on, t h e expressions of the a r t s , and the personal-qocial problem i n t h i s unique m u l t i c u l t u r a l s o c i e t y . Residence a t t h c unl v e r ~t iy o f Hawaii ( ~ o n o l u l u )d u r i n g the f i r s t two weeks w i l l q i v o Q ~ I0 ~ ~ 0 r t u n i t oy meet students from Asia, and v i s i t shrines, temples, e t r ~ t i i cr e s i d e n t i a l and commercial areas, a r t and h i s t o r i c a l museLlllls. Residence a t the Chruch College o f Hawaii ( L a i e ) d u r i n g the l a s t two weeks w i 11 g i v e o p p o r t u n i t y t o meet P a c i f i c i s l a n d students who work and perform a t the Polynesian C u l t u r a l Center. Lectures throughout t h e month on c u l t u r a l backgrounds and contemporary problems. Students w i 11 a l s o work i n task forces on s p e c i a l c r o s s - c u l t u r a l problems o r concern f o r which they w i 11 w r i t e a paper. They w i 11 a l s o be asked t o keep a j o u r n a l , and t o take ail examination on t l l e i r knowledge o f the P a c i f i c and Asian c u l t u r e s . .................... COST: $775.00 CAFJADA FRENCH: French i n Canada (Quebzc) Unaccompanied Students w i l l e n r o l 1 i n the January I n t e r i m Study Term a t Lava1 U n i v e r s i t y , a newly created campus o f the 01dest French-speaking u n i v e r s i t y i n t h i s hemi sphere. Classes increase students' p r o f i c i e n c y i n o r a l and m!ritten Frencli s k i 11s , s t r e s s i n g small groups and modern audi o-vi sual methods. L i t e r a t u r e and c i v i I i z a t i on o f French Canada a r e a l s o studied. V i s i t s t o theaters, museums, s o c i a l and s p o r t s events included. Possi b i 1it y of s k i i n g i n the Laurentian Liountains. Designed f o r a l l students wishing t o study French i n French surroundings. Students l i v e i n French-speaki ng faliii l y homes. ****************.,k*** COST : $450- $500 1975 JOINT AMERICAN LUTHERAN CHURCH INTERIM The f o l l o w i n g i n t e r i m s a r e under t h e c o - o r d i n a t i o n of t h e American L u t h e r a n Church, D i v i s i o n f o r L i f e and M i s s i o n i n t h e C o n g r e g a t i o n (Rev. J o e Bash.) Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l i n any of t h e ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m s . I f , however, t h e i n t e r i m i s o f f e r e d by a c o l l e g e o t h e r t h a n Augsburg, t h e s t u d e n t must a p p l y f o r exchange t o t h e s p o n s o r i n g c o l l e g e . S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC i n t e r i m c o u r s e exchange may check w i t h D r . Mark D a v i s . S t u d e n t s w i t h q u e s t i o n s a b o u t ALC J o i n t I n t e r i m b o a r d and h o u s i n g may check w i t h M s . Rachel Rohde, J o i n t I n t e r i m C h a i r p e r s o n , Augsburg College, Minneapolis. Minneapolis S i t e : "An I n t e r n a t i o n a l Landscaping of t h e F u t u r e "Voices of t h e T h i r d World," a l e a r n i n g s t a t i o n b e i n g p r e p a r e d t h r o u g h t h e ALC D i v i s i o n f o r World M i s s i o n and I n t e r - c h u r c h R e l a t i o n s o u t of Twin C i t i e s r e s o u r c e s . No c o u r s e , b u t s e m i n a r s and i n t e r n a t i o n a l m e e t i n g s b e i n g a r r a n g e d . "World O r d e r and R e l i g i o n , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by Eugene S k i b b e . R e l i g i o n s have b e e n a way i n which p e o p l e have o r d e r e d t h e i r w o r l d . What c a n r e l i g i o n c o n t r i b u t e i n t h e p r e s e n t t o w o r l d o r d e r ? Reading, seminars, simulations, e t c . "The C h r i s t i a n Quest f o r P e a c e , " a c l a s s l e d by John Schramn, s p o n s o r e d by P a c i f i c L u t h e r a n . Seminars and working s i t u a t i o n s s e a r c h i n g f o r a peacemaking s t y l e . Leader h a s been a c t i v e i n peace-making e f f o r t s f o r y e a r s i n Washington,D.C. "Iconography and I c o n P a i n t i n g , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by P h i l Thompson. Concept of image w i t h i n t h e e a r l y C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h and i t s f u n c t i o n i n E a s t European o r t h o d o x y . Each s t u d e n t p a i n t s a n i c o n . No e x p e r i e n c e necessary. St. Paul S i t e : "The Church and Change i n C a p i t o l C i t y , " a c l a s s s p o n s o r e d by Augsburg, l e d by Tom Meeks w i t h t h r e e i n n e r c i t y c h u r c h e s . Seminars and a c t i v i t y i n i n n e r c i t y and i n t h e s t a t e l e g i s l a t i v e s e s s i o n s . How d o e s t h e c h u r c h cope w i t h change? Omaha S i t e : "The F u t u r e i n Focus" S u r v i v i n ~t h e F u t s : II S t r a t e g i e s f o r I n d i v i d u a l s , " l e d by "Futures for the American Countryside," sponsored by Augustana, led by Ed Schlachtenhaufen. The future comes into focus for those who choose to cast their lot with people of the countryside. Seminars, direct encounters with creative efforts, focus on change and on who controls. A class. Wilderness Canoe Base Site: "Camping and Religious Resources: Arts of Camp Counseling in a Wilderness Setting," sponsored by Luther, led by Richard Hansen h ~ tinterdisciplinary. The class learn self-sustenance, camping, wilderness ecology, winter recreation, resources of religious training and counseling. Cost, this class only: $125. NOTICE TO ALL RESIDENT STUDENTS A INTERIM HOUSING POLICIES 4 Procedures f o r O b t a i n i n g Board Refunds f o r S t u d e n t s S t u d y i n n Off-Campus D u r i n q I n t e r i m To o b t a i n b o a r d r e f u n d s , b r i n g s t a t e m e n t t h a t you w i l l be off-campus d u r i n g t h e I n t e r i m . The form f o r t h e s t a t e m e n t may be p i c k e d up i n t h e l n t e r i m D i r e c t o r ' s O f f i c e ( 0 1 d Main 128) t I IYI 'I . I Meal Cards o r f o o d coupons a r e n o n - r e f u n d a b l e f o r t h e l n t e r i m p e r i o d . The i n t e r i m room payment i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e . t h e procedures d e s c r i b e d below: I f you w i s h t o sublease your room, r e a d Procedures f o r Sublease o f Rooms D u r i n q l n t e r i m 1. S t u d e n t s who d e s i r e t o s u b l e a s e t h e i r rooms d u r i n g i n t e r i m s h o u l d i n d i c a t e t h e i r i n t e r e s t i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development, Memorial H a l l . As i t w i l l be i m p o s s i b l e t o "match roommates" c a r e f u l l y , you s h o u l d make s u r e y o u r roommate i s aware o f your p l a n s . G e t t i n g t o know a new i n d i v i d u a l d u r i n g January may add t o t h e e x c i t e m e n t o f I n t e r i m . 2. The s t u d e n t who i s s u b l e a s i n g your room w i l l pay t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s O f f i c e t h e m o n t h l y r a t e o f your room ( w h i c h i s $64 o r $59 depending upon your r e s i d e n c e h a l l and b o a r d p l a n ) . From t h i s amount $10 w i l l be deducted t o c o v e r admini s t r a t i v e costs; t h e r e s t w i l l be c r e d i t e d t o your a c c o u n t . 3. Rooms may be subleased o n l y t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s o r s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r c o l l e g e s s t u d y i n g a t Augsburg d u r i n g I n t e r i m . Room assignments w i l l be made i n t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development. 4. Vacant o r open rooms w i l l be a s s i g n e d b e f o r e rooms a r e subleased. f o r a s s i g n i n g l n t e r i m h o u s i n g w i l l be as f o l l o w s : a. Augsburg s t u d e n t s who want t o s i g n c o n t r a c t s f o r t h e r e s t o f the year. b . S t u d e n t s from o t h e r c o l l e g e s who a r e t a k i n g l n t e r i m c l a s s e s a t Augsburg. c . Augsburg commuter s t u d e n t s who want t o l i v e on campus for lnterim only. 5. A p e n a l t y f o r n o t f o l l o w i n g the e s t a b l i s h e d procedures f o r subleasing w i l l be assessed a g a i n s t t h e p e r s o n who has c o n t r a c t e d f o r t h e room d u r i n g t h e school y e a r . The p e n a l t y i s equal t o t h e l n t e r i m room r a t e . Such a p e n a l t y w i l l n o t i n c r e a s e need i n r e l a t i o n t o f i n a n c i a l a i d . Priorities THE ABOVE PROCEDURES WERE ESTABLISHED BY MEMBERS OF THE PETITION COMMITTEE, W H I C H I S A STAND l NG COMMITTEE DULY AUTHOR l ZED BY THE PRES l DENT TO DEAL W ITH ALL CONTRACTUAL MATTERS BETWEEN THE COLLEGE AND STUDENTS. Note: l n t e r i m and l n t e r i m t u i t i o n i s n o n - r e f u n d a b l e even i f you a r e t r a n s f e r r i n g . F a l l Semester a r e c o n s i d e r e d a package o f f i v e c o u r s e s . The p o l i c y i s s i m i l a r t o t h e p o l i c y a t t h e o t h e r C o n s o r t i u m C o l l e g e s and S t . O l a f C o l l e g e . I f f o r some reason you c a n n o t t a k e I n t e r i m , you may make up t h i s c r e d i t t h r o u g h independent s t u d y o r a June I n t e r i m . Please see Mark D a v i s , Memorial H a l l , f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t independent s t u d y o r June I n t e r i m s . I '
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1973-1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calenda...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calendar . . Faculty . General Education Requirements Majors . . Pre-Professional Training I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs . International Study Honors Program . Degrees . .. . .. . .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E . . . S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . . Recreation . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life Student Services . Housing . Food S e r v i c e MUS I P .. .. . . . . . . PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE . . The A p p l i c a t i o n Process . . Transfer . . Early Decision . Early Admission . . Advanced Placement . . Advanced Standing . . . . PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D . . . . . Deposits . . . . . F i n a n c i a l Aid Expenses . 19 73- 74 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts . Refunds , .. PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION .. . . .. . .. . . Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration . P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal . Grading C r e d i t by Examination . Classification . Courses . . . Numbering . Symbol .. .. . . . . PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 87, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t notice . Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e . C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC. ......The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . COURSE .........A MAJOR.. . . . . . . . .A MINOR s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such as "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. ..........A concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n t h e maj o r . ELECTIVE. FEE.. c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree. . . . . . .A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e . . . . . . . . . . .Charges made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y . Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and governmental sources LOA N . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972 AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly e Octobor nnd November bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731 . 2f & ~ v e . S.. ' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101. sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota. There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s t h e "4- 1-4. I t I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College ldentif i c a t i o n Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with Founded more than 100 years t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC) ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. . The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s : 1 t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r . t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g a c a d e m i c excellence . I t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city. t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary Schools. The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical S o c i e t y T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus. Visiting t h e Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s , p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4 - 1 - 4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and 7 drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry, mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics , h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and P h y s i c a l Education History Mathemati cs Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Phi 1os ophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Pbysi c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Traini n g S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r future professional study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s . COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) . Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses . I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . u SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e o f f e r e d each term. S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e c o l l e g e . For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s ) 11 Student Life Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n . Social and Cultural Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e C e n t e r . There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative o f f i c e s . West Hall, an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . 13 TOWER APARTMENTS - now under c o n s t r u c t i o n . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t 15 p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. E a r l y Admission An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously completed. Advanced S t a n d i n g College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg . Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 ) Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A ) Future S i t e of Residence Tower Urness Tower Residence The College C e n t e r The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V ) The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A ) Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5) The Music B u i l d i n g (m) S i Melby H a l l (G) Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g YO- ~ 9 ) East Hall C E H ) (#a Admissions (Science 156) 433-936 Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~ Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ; Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 135) C a r e e r Planning and Placement (Memorial 1s t f l o o r ) C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development (Memorial 1st f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32; Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21 ' Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c . Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1,845.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t authorized. A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course o n l y . F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e . SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable with t u i t i o n : 4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00 Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00 . (Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . ) A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an interim). Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $1,040 to $1,100 Men: $1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00) Women: $1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 19 1973- 74 Cost Summary A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ............. $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00 ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00 ....... $ 25.00 ( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e ) Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1, i i 1972 (payment i s due J a n u a r y 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s . 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan ( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . Academic Administration S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n . MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion o f a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e . 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement . f. A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s . h. Division Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r . Organization The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e Department o f Psychology Department o f Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Department Library Department Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, S c i e n c e , Secondary Education o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education o f Music HUMANITIES Department of A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of R e l i g i o n Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e credit for it. A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r . S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F . C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n the Registrar's Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s seniors. Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing. A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d . Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N . A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department chairman . An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed during t h e following semester. A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e audited. Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N . General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s 32 grade p o i n t s J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s . S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s ....... To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses. Courses A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r 3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation. Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . 26 Course Descriptions Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages. See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS : History o f t h e United S t a t e s American S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r American S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490 Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 114 E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463 Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453 TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s under m a j o r . 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295. l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Art P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; 2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350. - F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 8 I t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , 27 MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 118 P A I N T I N G I Introduction t o painting media and technique. all, S p r i n g ) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d , wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 FILM-MAKING Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. (Prereq. : 350. F a l l , Spring) 355 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f painting. (Prereq. : 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq. : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r 351, 352) . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g ) - 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY a A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : Chemistry 103. Spring) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e . 112, Spring. 3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s . Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Frereq .: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 o r 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s . Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods. 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e ( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring) expected t o a t t e n d . 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r . ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work. p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business Fall, Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 . Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g ) . 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra. Fall) 1I ' ' 'A 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN: SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: INTERIM 1974 Interim Dates January.. 3.- (Thursday) January .4_. (Friday) January 25 January 30 (Friday) (Wednesday) Interim begins. C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day f o r cancel/add - including Independent Study. Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s . In...
Show more INTERIM 1974 Interim Dates January.. 3.- (Thursday) January .4_. (Friday) January 25 January 30 (Friday) (Wednesday) Interim begins. C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day f o r cancel/add - including Independent Study. Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s . Interim ends. Requirements and Course Load The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e c o l l e g e year. The number of i n t e r i m s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation i s equal t o one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e number of y e a r s of f u l l - t i m e enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d full-time f o r four years i s required t h r e e interims; a student enrolled f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d one i n t e r i m . While a s t u d e n t i s n o t r e q u i r e d t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m , he/she pays t u i t i o n f o r an i n t e r i m during each year he/she i s e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e a t Augsburg. T u i t i o n f o r t h e i n t e r i m i s p a i d a s a p a r t of t h e f a l l t u i t i o n payment. A s t u d e n t may t a k e an i n t e r i m i n h i s major o r o u t s i d e h i s major. Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one i n t e r i m of i t s majors, and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l i n t e r i m i n h i s major. Beyond t h e two i n t e r i m s i n h i s major each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c t i n t e r i m s o u t s i d e h i s major. One i n t e r i m course i s t h e l i m i t of t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic l o a d d u r i n g t h e one-month term. June I n t e r i m s Each year i n t e r i m c o u r s e s w i l l be c f f e r e d f o r t h e following June term of summer school. A s t u d e n t may e n r o l l i n a June i n t e r i m course in l i e u of t h e January t e r m . I f he/she e l e c t s June r a t h e r than January, t h e r e w i l l be no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge. Students planning t h e June i n t e r i m i n l i e u of January, however, must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e June i n t e r i m a t t h e time of i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . Students wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n addi t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r one summer course tuition. D i s t r i b u t i o n Requirements and Grading Each department a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one i n t e r i m course t h a t w i l l f u l f i l l the d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graduation. Each i n s t r u c t o r determines t h e manner i n which he w i l l grade t h e i n t e r i m . The grading i s l i s t e d with each i n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . ~ r a d i t i o n a l ;P/N; Optional. C l a s s Meetings An i n t e r i m course should make t h e same time demands upon t h e s t u d e n t a s a standard semester course. The number and l e n g t h of c l a s s meetings i s not r i g i d l y f i x e d . Students, however, should plan f o r i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n of about t e n hours p e r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i l l be l a b s , f i e l d study, t r a v e l , readings, r e p o r t s , and papers. A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days of the t-e-r i m . C -- - - i-n -. - l a s s I w i l l m e e t on t h e f i r s t day - a t 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1 - - - w i l l meet on t h e f i r s t day a t 1:00 p.m. On-Campus C l a s s e s and Off-Campus Classes The following calalogue l i s t s t h e Interim courses a v a i l a b l e a t Augsburg. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e courses, Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l f o r t h e i r I n t e r i m a t Hamline, Macalester, o r S t . Catherines i n S t . Paul, and a t S t . Olaf i n N o r t h f i e l d . Should s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s about o t h e r campus I n t e r i m s and major requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t with t h e department chairman of t h e i r major. Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s about othercampus I n t e r i m s and d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, they should c o n s u l t with the Registrar. Independent Study Students may e l e c t an independent study program f o r t h e Interim. I f they p l a n such, they must meet t h e department's requirements f o r independe n t study. They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e time of r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r t h e I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement from t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who w i l l d i r e c t t h e i r independent study program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t i v e o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g bibliography, f o r t h e independent study must be submitted t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r no l a t e r than January 3 , 1974. No independent study may be undertaken a f t e r January 4, 1974. C l a s s Day The Interim day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks of time. These time p e r i o d s are f l e x i b l e , but. t h e f l e x i b i l i t y w i l l be determined by t h e i n s t r u c t o r and t h e c l a s s a t the f i r s t session. Cancelling and Adding Friday, January 4 , 1973, i s t h e l a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g and adding a course. Students with p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s about t h e I n t e r i m should c o n s u l t D r . Mark ~ a v i s ,Associate Dean, Science H a l l 135, Extension 402. Department of A r t 10150 Jewelry Experience i n making m e t a l jewelry with an emphasis on d e s i g n , m a t e r i a l s , and p r o c e s s . I n s t r u c t o r : Holen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes Enrollment : 12 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: Lower l e v e l , S c u p l t u r e S t u d i o , A r t B u i l d i n g 10242 Film Making Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . Discussion and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes Enrollment: 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I1 Room: Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g and A l l 0 Fee: $50 ' Department of Biology 20110 Man and the Environment The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man h a s made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h urbani z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n and t h e p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n . Some l a b o r a t o r y demonstrations of t h e l e c t u r e concepts and d i s c u s s i o n s on t h e p r e s e n t n a t u r a l s i t u a t i o n i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . I n s t r u c t o r : Mickelberg ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Yes P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None. ( I f you can s e e l i g h t n i n g and hear thunder, y o u ' r e in!) Enrollment: 30 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 213 and 202 S c i e n c e H a l l 20353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology comparative study dealing with classification, morphology, evolution, distribution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. A Instructor: Herforth Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Biology 12 (General Biology) Enrollment : 20 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: L e c t . , 205 - Lab 214 Science Hall . . 20471 , Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultra-structure. Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology and biochemistry. Instructor: Kerr Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Biology 112 (General Biology); Recommended Chem. 223 or 351 and Physics 123 Enrollment: 15 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 227 Science Hall Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics 21102 Principles of Financial Accounting Formulation of general purpose financial statements, and their evaluation from perspectives of various user groups such as creditors, investors, governmental agencies, and the public. Instructor: O'Malley Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: 101 1nt.roduction t.o Accounting Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 27 Old Main 21495 Topics: Introduction to Operations Research Lectures, discussions, meetings with the members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. Instructor: Matsumoto Distribution requirement: Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 25 Grading : Optional Time: I Room: 22 Old Main 22120 Yes Economics of Urban Issues Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; ~istributingFree Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Note: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 rather than 120. Instructor: Sabella Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban) Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 8 Old Main 22122 Principles of Economics An introduction of macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Instructor : Herforth ~istributionrequirement: Yes Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 23 Old Main Department of Chemistry 34104 P a t t e r and P l a s t i c s Wrap t h e wgrld i n p l a s t i c s - - a t l e a s t then it can be handled, squeezed, and s a t on, without s o i l . Plastics-what? L e t ' s f i n d out! Does i t fume o r only f u s e ? Find o u t f o r yourself how good o r how bad t h e types of p l a s t i c s a r e . Lectures and Laboratory. No p r e r e q u i s i t e , b u t it s u r e w i l l h e l p i f you know some chemistry. I n s t r u c t o r : Agre D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Enrollment: 30 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l 34353 Yes Time: Room: I 320 Science H a l l Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry This course w i l l cover volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The course i s t o be taken by chemistry majors, normally i n t h e I n t e r i m of t h e i r sophmore year. Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should t a k e Chemistry 353 i n t h e s p r i n g semester. There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Chemistry 106 o r 116 Enrollment: 25 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l 34498 Time: Room: I 315 Science H a l l I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Chemical Research Junior and s e n i o r chemistry majors have a n opportunity t o become acquainted with chemical r e s e a r c h by pursuing a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l . A t l e a s t one member of t h e chemistry f a c u l t y w i l l work with s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s of t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d , o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . Off-campus a c t i v i t i e s such a s r e s e a r c h a t Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o d i s c u s s h i s r e s e a r c h b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m . I n s t r u c t o r : Alton ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : junior o r s e n i o r Chemistry major Enrollment: 12 Time: I Grading: ~ r a d i t i o n a l Room: 318 Science H a l l DeDartment of Education 44495 Elementary Classroom Teaching S p e c i a l t i e s Opportunity t o r e s e a r c h s p e c i f i c problem l e a r n i n g a r e a s , t o c o l l e c t and/or c r e a t e l e a r n i n g p r o j e c t s , t o apply r e s u l t s i n t h e experience of t u t o r i n g an i n d i v i d u a l o r a very small group and t o become acquainted with v a r i o u s t y p e s of contemporary methods i n teaching. Student may r e s e a r c h innovative school systems. The course w i l l be organized t o meet education des i r e s of i n d i v i d u a l c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Pelton D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Major i n elementary education and consent of instructor. Time: I1 Enrollment: 20 Room: Library 4 Grading: P/N 44275 ~ x p l o r i n gt h e World of t h e Pre-Schooler Experience i n planning, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s f o r Day C a r e Center f o r use i n nursery school and e a r l y c h i l d hood education. I n a d d i t i o n t o classroom l e c t u r e s , s t u d e n t s w i l l be assigned t o Day Care Centers and Nursery Schools f o r o b s e r v a t i o n s and p a r t i c i p a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o elementary education majors Time: I Enrollment: 20 Room: L i b r a r y 4 Grading: P/N -Secondary Education 45375 Audio-visual I n t e r n s h i p The s t u d e n t w i l l be assigned f u l l time t o work c l o s e l y with t h e Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r of a p u b l i c school having an o u t s t a n d i n g audio-visual department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have experiences i n a l l of t h e f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n of an audio-visual department. I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No Enrollment: 15 Grading: P/N No Time: Room: I1 Library I 45478 School and Society The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study of e d u c a t i o n a l philosophy and t h e development of American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be studied. I n s t r u c t o r : Fardig ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Enrollment : 30 Grading: Optional No Time: Room: I1 315 Science H a l l Department of English 54219 Writing f o r Pleasure (Advanced Writing: C r e a t i v e ) The focus w i l l be on d e s c r i p t i v e and n a r r a t i v e w r i t i n g , both p r o s e and poetry. Each s t u d e n t may work a t h i s own l e v e l and experiment with d i f f e r e n t k i n d s of w r i t i n g . C l a s s p e r i o d s w i l l be s p e n t i n d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n of t h e s t u d e n t ' s work. I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s who complete t h i s course w i l l comprise t h e s t a f f of Loose Change, t h e c o l l e g e l i t e r a r y magazine, and w i l l prepare t h e s p r i n g i s s u e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Livingston D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes P r e r e q u i s i t e s : 111 o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r Time: Enrollment: 12 Room: Grading: Optional 54239 I1 22 Old Main Women Writers and Woman's I d e n t i t y A study of some female w r i t e r s of t h e t w e n t i e t h century, including V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r f i c t i o n and p o e t r y what it means t o be a woman. I n a d d i t i o n t o reading f o r c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n , each s t u d e n t w i l l read i n some depth t h e work of one woman w r i t e r of h i s / h e r choice. I n s t r u c t o r : C. Nicholl D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 20 Grading: Optional Yes Time: Room: I 25 Old Main 54289 D. H . Lawrence: The S e n s i t i v e Rebel D. H . Lawrence sought t o open f o r d i s c u s s i o n any i s s u e s t h a t he saw a s neglected: t h e r o l e of passion i n l i f e , t h e t h r e a t of mechanical humans, t h e sexual r e l a t i o n s h i p , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of body and s p i r i t , and o t h e r s . He has been l a v i s h l y p r a i s e d and s t r o n g l y denounced. He has been r e c e n t l y attacked a s an a n t i f e m i n i s t and more r e c e n t l y defended. This course w i l l attempt t o answer some of t h e c u r r e n t q u e s t i o n s about Lawrence and t o i n v e s t i g a t e h i s major works and themes. I n s t r u c t o r : Sargent D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional 54349 Yes Time: Room: I1 21 Old Main Psychology and L i t e r a t u r e Our age i s one of i n t r o s p e c t i o n . I n some r e s p e c t s psychology i s t h e "philosophy" of t h e 20th century. L i t e r a t u r e , l i k e psychology, e x p l o r e s t h e deeper regions beyond t h e c o l l e c t i v e unconscious, t o expose t h e hidden s p r i n g s t h a t motivate human behavior. This course w i l l t h u s focus on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of psychology t o l i t e r a r y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , with emphasis on Freudian c r i t i c i s m and a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m derived from Jungian psychology. L i t e r a r y readings w i l l p r i m a r i l y involve s h o r t f i c t i o n , along with one novel and s e l e c t e d poems. Instructor: Mitchell ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Enrollment: 35 Grading: Optional 54445 Potpourri: Yes Time: Room: I1 19 Old Main Reading For Fun and C r e d i t The purpose of t h e course i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an opportunity t o r e a d some of those books t h a t he has been introduced t o but which he h a s n o t been a b l e t o r e a d . The s t u d e n t w i l l determine h i s reading l i s t i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No junior o r s e n i o r standing and consent of i n s t r u c t o r Prerequisite: Time: I Grading: Optional Enrollment: 12 Room: 201 Science H a l l 54459 Life As Literature: The Art of Biography The course emphasizes the development of twentieth century biography, its stylistic devices, and its place as a literary genre. For course projects, students may study the work of a major biographer, or examine several biographers on the same subject, or research and writ? brief biographies. Instructor: Wood ~istributionrequirement: No Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: ~ibraryI Department of Foreign Language 70115 French in canada (Quebec) Students will enroll in the January Interim Study term at Lava1 University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking university in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums, social and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the Laurentian Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study French in French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking families. Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisite: None Cost: Approximately $450 Enrollment: 20 70335 French Civilization and Theatre in Paris A month of intensive "total immersion" in Parisian life with special emphasis on the contemporary civilization and theatre. Current magazines and newspapers will serve as one prime source of information; conversation classes, visits to monuments, art galleries, and cultural points of interest in and near Paris (including Versailles, Fontainebleau, Chartres, etc.), and study of drama related to attendance at theatrical performances will complete the experience. Designed for all students wishing to deepen and broaden their proficiency in French. Instructor: Johnson ~istributionrequirement: Yes Prerequisite: Intermediate French completed before January, 1974, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment : 15 Grading: Optional Cost: $650 72312 Intensive conversational German This course is designed to help the student develop conversational fluency in German. All class work is oral. Topics of current interest are discussed in German. Emphasis on current usage (slang, idioms, etc ) . Instructor: Jaunlinins Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisite: 212 or permission of instructor Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Grading: Optional Room: 4 Old Main 74244 Russian Literature in Translation The course focuses on the works of Alexander Solzhenitsyn (Cancer Ward, First Circle) and other contemporary Soviet writers (many of them anti-establishment) against the background of traditional Russian literature (Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and others) and the dramatic changes which Russian and Soviet society have experienced in the twentieth century. Instructor: Baltina Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisite: None Enrollment : 30 Grading: Optional Time: Room: I1 2 Old Main General Studies 58269 A Winter Happening A first hand experience in snowshoeing, snowmobiling, and winter camping in the BWCA of Northern Minnesota and Canada. A study of the ecology, economy, and history of the Northshore of Minnesota. Instructor: Gulden Distribution requirement: No Prerequisite: None Enrollment: 19 Time: I Grading: P/N Room: 34 Science Hall Cost: $150 - $250 Considerably less if you have your own equipment. Interested students see Dean Gulden in his office (S-108) 58279 Quakerism: Beliefs and Practices; historical and modern A survey of the history, organization, and religious beliefs and practices ef the Religious Society of Friends. Quaker biography and novels will constitute part of required reading. Visits to local Friends' Meetings and local office of American Friends' Service Committee.wil1 be included. Students will be given opportunity to compare their own religious heritage to various aspects of Quakerism. Instructor: Sibley Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: 11 Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional Room: MHI 58289 Memorial Hall Counseling Skills: Compone~tsof Helping Relationships An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive understanding and practical competency in individual and group counseling situations. Learning will be based on an experiential and applied model. Instructor: Thoni Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 25 Grading: P/N 58320 Time: Room: I MHI Memorial Hall Ancient American Civilizations: Maya, Aztec, Inca (On-Campus) The course will seek to acquaint the student with the native heritage of the southern Americas and provide information on basic materials on the ancient cultures to enable intelligent individual study. The three ancient civilizations constitute the high water mark of Indian cultural achievements. Instructor: Reichenbach Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: No Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional Time: Room: I1 7 Old Main Department of Health and Physical Education 55232 Recreational A c t i v i t i e s and Rhythms Theory and p r a c t i c e in teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. I n s t r u c t o r : Peterson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Enrollment: 45 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l 55475 No Time: Room: I 12 & 13 S i Melby Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics This course w i l l attempt t o prepare t h e student t o be a q u a l i f i e d gymnastics coach and judge. I t w i l l bring o u t new s p o t t i n g and coaching techniques i n t h e f i e l d of gymnastics. The main emphasis w i l l be on judging of t h i s s p o r t . There w i l l be p r a c t i c a l experience of judging a c t u a l high school and college meets. The culminating a c t i v i t y w i l l be t o take the S t a t e High School League t e s t f o r t h e judging of gymnastics and t h e r e f o r e become an o f f i c i a l r e g i s t e r e d judge f o r the s t a t e of ~ i n n e s o t a . I t i s required t h a t students p a r t i c i p a t e (perform-spot-assist) with t h e Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team. I n s t r u c t o r : Pfaff D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : PE 472 S e l f - t e s t i n g A c t i v i t i e s f o r Women o r 1 year experience on a college gymnastics team f o r women. Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Room: 13 S i Melby 55482 Coaching of Sports Theory and techniques of coaching. injuries. Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c I n s t r u c t o r s : C a r i s , Inniger, Nelson, Saugestad ~ i s t r i b u t i o nr e q u i r ~ n t : No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : ( None . Time: I Enrollment : 40 Room: 13 S i Melby Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l x , ~ " Department of Historv 56150 Historical Perspectives on the Urban Crisis Modern history as seen in the history of four cities: Florence 14th and 15th Centuries) , Paris (17th Century) , London (18th Century) , and Berlin (20th Century) . Instructor: Gisselquist Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban) Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 35 ~ r a d i n ~ :Optional Time: I1 Room: 18 Old Main 56460 Jawarharlal Nehru -A Man of Two Worlds A case-study of one of Asiads most prcaninent and charismatic statesmen of the 20th Century. Students will encounter the famous Indian political leader's struggle to reconcile the norms of his British educational background with the practices and political processes of the British Imperiad system in India. The course will include use of audio-visual material (films and re.corded speeches), written primary sources (J. Nebru's letters and autobiography), biographies of Nehru and other historical sources. The Ames Library at the U. of M. will be extensively utilized. Instructor: Jensen Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: None Enrolhsnt: 20 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 7 Old Main 56260 Discover Your P a s t : Minnesota, Museums and H i s t o r i c a l S i t e s The i n t e r i m w i l l focus on t h e f a m i l i a r i z a t i o n and use of museums and h i s t o r i c a l s i t e s a s a v e h i c l e toward understanding our p a s t . Students w i l l v i s i t s e v e r a l museums and h i s t o r i c a l s i t e s i n o r d e r t o g a i n a c r i t i c a l understanding of what t h e s e f a c i l i t i e s can provide concerning Minnesota and a r e a h i s t o r y . There w i l l be two extended f i e l d t r i p s which w i l l r e q u i r e s t u d e n t s t o supply t h e i r own personal camping equipment and prov i s i o n s . Readings, p r o j e c t s , and c l o s e cooperation with personnel and f a c i l i t i e s of t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l S o c i e t y w i l l combine t o i n t r o d u c e g e n e r a l c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s a s w e l l a s enhance our a p p r e c i a t i o n of museums and h i s t o r i c a l sites. I n s t r u c t o r s : Chrislock and Nelson ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No Enrollment: 50 Grading: Optional, b u t P/N s t r o n g l y recommended Cost: Estimated $75 $135 - Department of Mathematics 61141 Three Modern Odysseys I n and O u t of Our Space-Time Universe A c o n t r o v e r s i a l r e s e a r c h t r i p , with a f l a v o r of mathematical concepts, i n t o sane moder? problems of u n i v e r s a l i n t e r e s t . The f i r s t odyssey i s an expose of c h a o t i c elements of modern knowledge systems, w i t h emphasis on c o n t r a d i c t i o n s i n t h e s c i e n c e s , philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey i s a t r i p through time and space, f r m t h e p a s t t o t h e p r e s e n t r e l a t i v i t y u n i v e r s e and i n t o t h e f u t u r e . The r o l e of mathematics i n t h e formation of t h e cosmic models of our universe i s s t r e s s e d . The t h i r d odessey i s an' attempt t o look a t our space-time universe from an o b j e c t i v e viewpoint i n and o u t of space-time, based on conc e p t s from mathematics, the:sciences, and B i b l i c a l theology. The mathematical background needed f o r t h i s course i s minimal. InGtructor: F o l l i n g s t a d D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement.: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Enrollment : 30 Grading: Optional Yes Time: Room: I 212 Science H a l l 65245 Introduction to Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods and use. Fortran IV computer lanuage with applications to various fields. Course does not apply toward a major or minor in Mathematics. Instructor: Persons Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: High school algebra or the equivalent Time: I Enrollment : 40 Grading : Optional Room: 19 Laboratory Fee for Computer Time: $15.00 Department of Music 82380 Music of the Western Church Develogment and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for the organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Instructor: Sateren Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: None Enrollment : 40 Grading: Traditional 82382 The: Room: I Music 20 Jazz Ensemble The course will consist of an intensive study and preparation of the best representative literature scored specifically for the medium. In addition, all participants will develop improvisational ability, learn a history of jazz styles and their relation to the ensemble, compose a jazz ensemble chart, and improve aural perception of changes and repertoire. Instructor: Carlson Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Enrollment: 20 Grading: Optional Time: Room: I1 East Hall - Music 82391 Master S t r i n g C l a s s The study and performance of s o l o l i t e r a t u r e f o r v i o l i n and v i o l a from t h e c l a ~ ~ i romantic, c, and contemporary e r a s . I n s t r u c t o r : Vuicich D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o v i o l i n i s t s and v i o l i s t s with t h e approval of t h e i n s t r u c t o r Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Grading: P/N Room: Music Auditorium 82395 Opera Workshop The p r e p a r a t i o n and performance of an opera. I n s t r u c t o r s : Gabrielsen, Johnson, Vuicich D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement : No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Limited t o competent musical performers. See instructor. Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: Music Auditorium 82490 Piano Pedagogy Survey of m a t e r i a l s , procedures and techniques used i n t h e t e a c h i n g of piano t o t h e young s t u d e n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Metzker D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Keyboard a b i l i t y Enrollment: 20 Grading: Optional Time: Room: I Music 10 Department of Philosophy 83430 A Dialogue w i t h P l a t o This course w i l l attempt t o e x p l o r e what P l a t o has t o s a y about t h e problems of l i f e , thought, and being. The following d i a l o g u e s w i l l be read: Symposium, Phaedrus, Theaetetus, Pannenides, S o p h i s t , and t h e Timaeus. The c l a s s w i l l be conducted p a r t l y on a l e c t u r e b a s i s and p a r t l y a s a seminar with s t u d e n t s r e p o r t i n g on t h e i r own research i n Plato. I n s t r u c t o r : Fuehrer ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Enrollment: 30 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l Yes Time: Room: I 21 Old Main Department of Physics 84161 Understanding the Weather An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background. Topics to be discussed include: the relationship of sun, earth and atmosphere; important physical quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; and the inEluence of weather on pollution. Possible course activites include experimentation and forecasting, field trips and guest speakers. Instructor: Erickson Distribution requirement: Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 35 Grading: Traditional 84322 Yes Time: Room: I1 22 Science Hall Nuclear Radiation Physics A study of radioactivity from both an experimental and theoretical basis. Laboratory expeiience using various detection and measurement systems for both charged particle and gamma radiation together with isotopic neutron sources for the production of radioisotopes. Production of radioactive isotopes, energy and half-life measurement, counting statistics, absorption and moderation of radiation, standardization, neutron activation analyses and health physics consideration. The course is planned to be a cooperative venture with the Special Training Division of Oak Ridge Associated Universities. Subject to approval of the Physics Department and the The course will be taught in full or in part at the labO.R.A.U. oratories of the 0.R.A.U.--Special Training Division, Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Instructor: Paulson Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Enrollment: 15 Time: Grading: Optional Room: Fees: Travel expense to Oak Ridge, Tennessee I1 30 Science Hall Department of Political Science 85324 Impact Watergate A study of the impact and implications for institutions and processes of government of the Watergate scandal. Students will select a specific subject for intensive personal research and inquiry and will write a paper incorporating their findings. the President; the Among probable subjects: Watergate and Executive Office of the President; the FBI; the CIA; Election Finance; the Department of Justice; the Party System; the Democratic Party; the Republican Party; Election Reform; Vice Predidency; Bureaucratic Morale; International Politics; the Problem of National Security; the Doctrine of Separation of Powers; Economic Problems; Public Opinion; Congressional Power; the Law and Order Issue; the 1976 Election; the Groupthink Analysis; Congressional Inquiry; Presidental Impeachment; the Twenty-Fifth Amendment; Federalism and the Federal Courts. - Instructor: Stenshoel Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: 2.8 minimum GPA, either overall or during the fall term, at least four courses in the social and behavioral sciences, of which at least one has been in political science. Time: I1 Enrollment: 30 Roam: 34 Science Hall Grading: Optional 85356 Public Opinion and Political Behavior Study of the dynamics of public opinion and the determinants of voter choice through original group research, secondary analysis of survey findings, and cooperative work with the ~innesotaPoll organization. Instructor : Hedblm Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor Time: I Enrollment: 30 Room: 34 Science Hall Grading: Optional 85357 Life Styles in Soviet Society: Diversity within Uniformity Seminar on Soviet society and life styles, focusing on youth. Contrasts and diversity in the U.S.S.R., including visits to two or three Soviet republics. Special readings and seminar sessions prior to departure. The foreign component will include discussions with Soviet youth and a broad cultural, historical and political program. Report due upon return. Instructor: Noonan Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: POL 85351; one or two terms of Russian language; permission of instructor Enrollment: 20 Grading: Optional Time: June 1974 Cost: $1150. (This is an estimate since the Russians have not set their 1974 prices.) Alternate course to be offered if foreign-based interim is cancelled. Date for determining cancellation is December 8. 85365 People, Elites and Foreign Policy Who makes foreign policy and how--an analysis of the foreign policy decision process, determinants of alternatives, national goals and other factors influencing foreign policy. Opportunity for the student to investigate area and topic of own interest. Seminar will focus on one or two case studies. Instructor: Noonan Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Enrollment : 25 Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: 201 Science Hall Department of Psychology 86105 General Psychology An introduction to the understanding of human behavioral processes. Specific topics to be studied include: brain function, learning principles, motivation & emotion, social influences on behavior, and abnormal behavior. This course will have no basic textbook, but instead a series of smaller books re3ated to specific areas within psychology. Students will be expected to take an active role in conducting class meetings. This course is primarily designed for juniors and seniors who are not majoring in psychology. Instructor: Ferguson Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 30 Grading: P/N 86280 Psychology in Action Time: Room: I1 205 Science Hall ...Today and Tomorrow Observation of and active inquiry into the psychologist's world in industry, business, and education. mphasis on exposure for each student to a wide variety of work opportunity and activity related to training in psychology. Will include classroom and off-campus learning experiences. (Modest additional expense for transportation within the Twin Cities area.) Instructor: Anderegg ~istributionrequirement: No Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 30 Grading: P/N 86374 Time: Room: I1 205 Science Hall Social Change: Facilitation and Adaptation Study of research and naturalistic observations .on the following topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and organizations; power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and conditions; orgeizations involved in social change; adaptation to the future futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislature.) - Instructor: Dyrud Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: General Psychology, 86105 Enrollment: 30 Time: Grading: P/N Room: I 22 Science Hall Department of Religion 87352 Theology and Forms of Christian Worship A study of the origins of Christian worship and its modern developments. The class will meet in several urban churches and participate in the life of the congregation. Class meetings will be held three times a week and on worship days. Representative religious groups will include the Jewish synagogue, the Roman and Orthodox Catholic churches, and one or two Protestant denominations. Instructor: Ollila Distribution requirement: Yes, Urban Prerequisites: No Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional 87370 Time: I Fbom: 18 Old Main Myth and Culture study of the function and meaning of myth in several selected societies, ranging from primitive to modern, to see the place of myth in each. The Nuer (Africa), ancient Babylonia, Patristic Christian civilization of the late Roman Empire, and modern Christianity in the West will be studied. There will be also an effort to re-tell the myths in 20th Century idiam using the creative arts, such as short stories, plays, painting, and poetry. A Instructor: Benson Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: 111 or 121 Enrollment: 40 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 2 Old Main Department of Sociology 94378 Alternate Life-styles and Consciousness: An Examination of Possibilities This course intends to examine, through empirical example and relevant literature, the resurgence of conscious attempts to put together new forms of social life: rural and urban communes, intentional communities, co-op living and buying and other residential and economic groupings differing froin the usual established forms. Simultaneously, there is growing interest in such seemingly disparate topics as altered states'of consciousness, organic food, fundamental aspects of religion--Christian alternatives. (The list is longer.) We see today clear evidence for both the intent to experiment with new life ways and the intent to view the world from a different place. Basically, perhaps, these two issues are the same. We will consider points at which the two issues of new life-ways and "new" consciousness touch and merge. Instructor: Gerasimo Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: At least one course in anthropology, sociology or psychology. Juniors and seniors will be given first chance. Enrollment: 35: Augsburg 20, and 15 to be split between InterLutheran College Interim and Take-5 colleges. Grading: Optional Time: I1 Room: 27 Old Main 94480 The British New-Town Movement and the Modern Metropolis study of the origins of the New Town Movement and an examination of the place of new towns in the planning and development of comprehensive communities in modern metropolitan regions. Backg~oundreadings on the New Town Movement in Europe will provide conceptual framework for the study. A central feature of the interim will be a visit to London, England, and its surrounding new towns. A Instructor: Nelson ~istributionrequirement: No Prerequisites: Upper-class standing or permission of instructor Enrollment: Open Grading: P/N 95257 Volunteer Service and Independent Study With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended fqr freshmen and sophmores. Instructor: Steen/Wagner Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Enrollment: 30: 20 from Augsburg, 5 from Take-5 colleges and 5 from St. Olaf Grading: Optional Time: TBA Mom: Memorial Hall #1 7:00 p.m. 8:00 p.m. daily for linkage seminars - 95352 Selected Programs in Social Work A seminar in social security (required), and an additional seminar selected from such topics as mental retardation, public housing, and status of women and welfare. Field experience extended from 95351 at 16 hours per week to learn by practice the skills of casework and/or group work. Instructor: Wagner Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Social Work 351 Enrollment: Limited to Augsburg majors in Social Work Grading: Traditional Time: I1 Room: 28 Old Main 95372 Aging in Urbanized America A basic course in social gerontology that focuses upon biological and psychological aspects of aging; consideration of social and cultural aspects in America that tend to define aging as a problem. National, state, and local policies and programs for the elderly. Two, 2-hour sessions per week plus one session for special lecture or field visiting. 1nstructor : Steen Distribution requirement: Enrollment: 12 Grading: Traditional Seniors in Social Work or consent of instructor Time: I Room: 28 Old Main Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts 98285 Theatre Practicum Students accepted for this course will work full-time on the production of a play. Instructor: Cole ~istributionrequirement: No Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional 1:00 p.m. in Speech Auditorium) Time: TBA (First meeting - 98354 Interpersonal Cammunication An introduction to the dynamics of interpersonal cammunication. Instructor: B. Addison Distribution requirement: Yes Enrollment: 30 Grading : -Optional . Time: I1 m o m : Iota House AITGSRIIIIC, A N D ST. OLAF INTEliIMS ABROAI) 1974 E U R O P E ART I I A : Malcolm Gimse S t . Olaf Medieval and Rena i s s a n c e A r c h i t e c t u r e i n t h e H i l l C i t i e s of I t a l y A l o n ~t h e Apennine s l o p e s l i e some o f t h e most b e a u t i f u l c i t i e s o f E u r o p e , c o n t a i n i n g c h u r c h e s and s e c u l a r s t r u c t u r e s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e b e s t i n m e d i e v a l and r e n a i s s a n c e a r c h i t e c t u r e . The c o u r s e , b e g i n n i n g and t e r m i n a t i n g i n Rome, w i l l i n c l u d e f i e l d t r i p s t o O r v i e t o , Assisi, P e r u g i a , U r b i n o , A r e z z o , and S i e n a , and a n e x t e n d e d s t a y i n F l o r e n c e . A s p e c i a l e x c u r s i o n w i l l be made t o Raventia t o s t u d y t h e s p l e n d i d B y z a n t i n e monuments there. COST: CLASSICS IIA: Mediterranean Culture $680.00 W i l l i a m Narum S t , Olaf The c i v i l i z a t i o n o f Greece from t h e Bronze Age t h r o u g h C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum 'and A t h e n s . D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n C r e t e a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and M a l l i a , p l u s c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e A r c h a e o l o g i c a l Museum a t Hercaleum. I n A t h e n s and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h t h e a i d o f t h e famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age o f t h e Mycenaens, and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s . C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area B). Counts toward m a j o r . FRENCH IIIA: T h e a t e r , C u l t u r e , Language i n P a r i s COST: $735.00 ' Mary J o h n s o n Augsburg A combination o r i e n t a t i o n - l a n g u a g e - c u l t u r e - t h e a t e r - c o u r s e . One-and-a-half h o u r s of c l a s s e a c h morning. A f t e r n o o n g e n e r a l l y r e s e r v e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l v i s i t s t o monuments, museums, p o l i t i c a l m e e t i n g s , e t c . , d e p e n d i n g on t h e p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t o f t h e s t u d e n t s . L a t e a f t e r n o o n t w i c e w e e k l y , two h o u r s o f F r e n c h c o n v e r s a t i o n p r a c t i c e w i t h a F r e n c h s t u d e n t - m o n i t o r f o r e a c h g r o u p o f t h r e e o f o u r s t u d e n t s . An a v e r a g e o f two t h e a t e r p e r f o r m a n c e s a week. Two f u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s w i t h F r e n c h - s p e a k i n g l e c t u r e r s t o V e r s a i l l e s and C h a r t r e s . S t u d c n t s w i l l s t u d y i n c l a s s t h e p l a y s t h e y a r e t o a t t e n d . The c u l t u r e - c i v i l i z a t i o n c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on i t e m s o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e d a i l y and weekly p r e s s . Each s t u d e n t w i l l keep a d a i l y l o g book i n F r e n c h . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k F r c n c h a t a l l t i m e s and a l l work w i l l be done i n F r e n c h . , F u l f i l l s d i i t r i b u t i o n rcquircmcnt. GERMAN I I A : C o u l ~ t s toward m a j o r . E n c o u n t e r w i t h t l ~ uTwo Gern~:inies COST: $675.00 Hanno K l a s s e n S t . 01ilf A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways of Germany s i n c e 1945. Thc f i r s t two weeks w i l l be s p e n t w i t h t h c people. o f t h e Gcrrual~L)clliocratic R c l ~ u l ~ l i cand , t h e r e s t o f t h e time i n t h e F e d e r a l K c p u h l i c . 'l'lic cour:;c i s d e s i ~ : r ~ ~ t?ot l u s e t h e Gcrnlan 1an):uage f o r a compara t i v c * nicll l ~ a v csllnpcd v e r y d i f f c r c n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s . , s t u d y of tlie two We1 t a n s c l i n t ~ l ~ ~ l : : cwh (GERMAN IIA - Continued) What h a s happened t o t h e Cer1:ians undcr t h e i n f l u e n c e o f two d i f f e r e n t i d e o l o g i e s and governments? I n t h e Gcrr~ian D c ~ n o c r a t i cI i c p u h l i c L c j p z i g w i l l be t h e c o n t a c t b a s e . S i d e t r i p s w i l l be made t o o t l l c r p l a c c s uE c u l t u r a l i n t c r c s t (Dresden, Weimar). Co1ol;ne a n d / o r Munich w i l l be t h e l o c a t i o n of o u r i n q u i r i c s i n thc Federal Republic. E v e r y e f f o r t w i l l be madc t o s t r e s s c o n t a c t w i t h t h e p e o p l e , r a t h e r t h a n . j u s t w i t h o f f i c i a l a g e n c i e s . I t i s llopcd t h a t t h e s t u d e n t s c o n l i v e w i t h h o s t f a m i l i e s i n b o t h c o u n t r i e s . Whenever p o s s i b l e , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s a t u n i v e r s i t i e s and o t h e r s c h o o l s w i l l be a r r a n g e d . A r t g a l l e r i e s , c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , and a r t i s t i c p e r formances w i l l be i n c l u d e d i n t h e program. A l l p a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be held. Each s t u d e n t is e x p e c t e d t o keep a journal i n which a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f t h e l i f e o f e a c h c o u n t r y is t r a c e d , a n a l y z e d , and c o m p a r e d . The c o u r s e would l e n d i t s e l f t o c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d i e s o f t h e c h u r c h , t h e e d u c a t i o n a l s y s t e m , s o c i e t y , l i t e r a t u r e , and t h e a r t s . F o r t h e l a n g u a g e m a j o r , t h e d i f f e r e n c e i n t h e German used i n b o t h c o u n t r i e s c o u l d be t h e main f o c u s . f) 'L Counts toward C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area A ) . major. P r e r e q u i s i t e : German 32 ( o n l y German w i l l be s p o k e n ) . COST: HISTORY IIB: The. B a l t i c N a t i o n a l i t i e s and S o v i e t A s s i m i l a t i o n Robert Nichols S t . Olaf $665.00 &The a i m s and i m p a c t o f S o v i e t p o l i c y i n t h e once i n d e p e n d e n t n a t i o n s o f t h e s o u t h e a s t e r n B a l t i c , w i t h e m p h a s i s on E s t o n i a . S i n c e t h e p e o p l e s o f t h e B a l t i c - - w i d e l y d i v e r g e n t among t h e m s e l v e s - - a r e more n a t i o n a l i s t i c t h a n a n y o t h e r g r o u p s i n t h e S o v i e t Union (with t h e p o s s i b l e e x c e p t i o n s o f G e o r g i a n s and A r m e n i a n s ) , S o v i e t n a t i o n a l i s t p o l i c y h a s been more o v e r t i n t h e B a l t i c t h a n i n t h e o t h e r r e p u b l i c s . h i s makes t h e B a l t i c r e g i o n a n i d e a l l o c a t i o n f o r t h e s t u d y o f m e a s u r e s used by t h e S o v i e t government t o overcome n a t i o n a l a s p i r a t i o n s and b u i l d a " h i g h e r s o c i a l i s t n a t i o n a l i t y . " The problem, which h a s t r u l y proved i n t r a c t a b l e f o r t h e S o v i e t s t a t e , is one o f t h e c e n t r a l p r o b l e m s f a c i n g S o v i e t p o l i t i c a l l i f e . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep j o u r n a l s and w r i t e p a p e r s . C o u n t s toward m a j o r . INTERDISCIPLINARY IIA: Prerequisite: His tory 11,12,41 T h e a t e r i n London , or 52. COST: $945.00 Ron Lee S t . Olof The drama t h r o u g h a t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t h e t h e a t r e c c n t c r o f t h e E n g l i s h s p e a k i n g w o r l d . S t u d e n t s w i l l e x p e r i e n c e v a r i e t i e s of p r o d u c t i o n s , modcrn and traditional. P l a y attendance w i l l Ile broa(lctie~1i)y d i s c \ ~ s s i u no f p l ~ ~ y s1 1, : j c l c ~ t ~ ~ ; c I ~ London CS and v i s i t s and c o n t a c t w i t h a c t o r s and c r i t i c s . Ol.llc?r c111~ t ~ r r iIlC S ; ~ L I01 s u r r o u n d i n g s w i l l bc i ncluded i n t h e pro):ram. One i)r more r e p r c ' s v n t a t i v c rcl:ional t h e a t r e s w i l l be i n e l u d c d i n t h e i t i n e r a r y . S t u d e n t s w i l l b c r e q u i r e d t o ki\cp j o u r n a l s . F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n rcqui.rcmcn t i n Area A and B. C o u n t s toward c l c p o r t m c n t a l m a j o r . Thomas Enger S t . Olaf INTERDISCIPLINARY I1.C: PC?1 i t i c n l Economy o f F r a n c e and Swi t z e r l o n d S w i s s and Frcncll c c o n o ~ n i cp o l i c i e s and t h c i r f o r m a t i o n i n view o f cconomic s t r u c t u r e and s i z e , g o v e r n m e n t a l s t r u c t u r c , p o l i t i c s and n e u t r a l i t y , and c u l t u r e . Emphasis on t r a d c , moncLary and f i s c a l p o l i c i c s , and p o l i t i c a l d e c i s i o n making on f e d e r a l , l o c a l , and r e g i o n a l l e v e l s . I n t e r n a t i o l ~ a leconomic and i m m i g r a t i o n p o l i c - i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , trntlc rlrlionis t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s . Monetary p o l i c i e s and b a n k i n g p r a c t i c e w i l l bc prcscntccl i n s e m i n a r s a t ttie Banquc d e F r a n c e , Banque N a t i o n a l c s u i s s e and p r i n c i p a l p r i v a t e hanks. F i s c a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h g o v e r n m e n t a l o f f i c i a l s on f e d e r a l and l o c a l l e v e l s . The OECD i n P a r i s w i l l a l s o be cons u l t e d on p o l i c i e s s i n c e P r a n c e and S w i t z e r l a n d a r e b o t h members o f t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n . Visits w i l l be made t o p r i n c i p a l c i t i e s s u c h a s P a r i s , Geneva, B e r n , B a l e , S t r a s b o u r g , and Lyon. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : One c o u r s e i n economics and one c o u r s e i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ; a l a n g u a g e c o u r s e e m p h a s i z i n g c u l t u r e may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r one o f t h e f o r m e r c o u r s e s . COST: $665.00 I I MUSIC IIA: Music H i s t o r y and E v e n t s i n Munich, S a l z b u r g , and Vienna S i g u r d Fred r i c k s o n S t . Olaf A c o u r s e based on a t t e n d a n c e a t Music e v e n t s - - c o n c e r t s ' , o p e r a s , r e c i t a l s - - i n t h e s e p r i n c i p a l music c e n t e r s o f t h e German s p e a k i n g w o r l d . I n i t i a l v i s i t s t o Munich and S a l z b u r g w i t h a t t e n d a n c e a t Munich P h i l h a r m o n i c and o p e r a p e r f o r m a n c e s ; chamber music p e r f o r m a n c e s i n S a l z b u r g and i n v e s t i g a t i o n s o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f S a l z b u r g i n t h e music w o r l d w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o Mozart mementos. The p r i n c i p a l p e r i o d o f t i m e w i l l be s p e n t i n V i e n n a , a c i t y which s t a n d s a s a s i n g u l a r monument t o t h e development and c o n t i n u a t i o n o f music a r t . A t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s and o p e r a s . Visits t o s i t e s o f h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e , t o museums, l i b r ~ r i e sand a r c h i v e s . A b r i e f conc l u d i n g s t a y i n London. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Consent of i n s t r u c t o r . C o u n t s toward m a j o r . F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t i n a r e a B. COST: NORWEGIAN IIA: L e a r n i n g Norwegian i n Norway (Augsburg Course Number 75111) $680.00 L e i f Hansen Augs b u r g An i n t e n s i v e four-week i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Norwegian l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e . The i n t e r i m i s d e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no background i n Norwegian l a n g u a g e . D u r i n g t h e s t u d y s t u d e n t s w i l l c o v e r t h e e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e f i r s t s e m e s t e r o f Norwegian l a n g u a g c . I n a d d i t i o n t h e g r o u p w i l l examine c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e i n Norway t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , r e a d i n g s , and v i s i t s t o . Norweqian homes, c l l r ~ r c t l e s , h i s t o r i c a l and c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s . Much o f t h e s t u d y w i l l t a k e p l a c e a t a permanent l e a r n i n g c e n t e r . Counts toward l a n g u a g e requirement. RELIGION IIA: C h r i s t i n n Romc Counts toward m a j o r . COST: $675.00 Harold D i trilanson S t . Olaf The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i J n i t y and Lllc c h u r c h ~hrnu!:Ii s t u t l y and o b s e r v a t i o n o f liolnc a s a v i s u a l s i t e o f W e s t e r n CI1risL.in11d c v c l o p m c n t . Kccldi.n!:s and l e c t u r e s c a r e f u l l y i n LC!g t a ted w i t h v i s i t s Lu Iilonuolc1IlL:;, 111U:jc\llllS, ancl arclicolo!; i c a l :;i t e s . S t i ~ d yo f P ~ ~ J I I ! !I (RKLIGION IIA - Continued) Romc a n d t h e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n o f tlrc c i t y i n t o a c e n t e r o f e a r l y C h r i s t i a n i t y ; the c i t y d u r i n l ; t h e Middle Ages and R c n a i s s a n c e . The l a s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l i n c l u d e an e x t e n d e d f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and F l o r e n c e , and o t h e r t r i p s o u t o f Romc w i l l i n c l u d e v i s i t s t o O s t i a , S u b i n c o , and Pompeii. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Fresll~nan Religion. C o u n t s toward m a j o r . RELIGION I I B : F u l f i l l s general requirement. COST: C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t Dialogue $680.00 J o h n Stumme S t . Olaf The g e n e r a l p u r p o s e o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be t o g i v e b o t h academic and e x i s t e n t i a l e x p o s u r e , t o a l l l e v e l s o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t d i a l o g u e a s i t now e x i s t s p r i m a r i l y i n E a s t e r n and W e s t e r n Europe. Through c o n t a c t s w i t h t h e Church, h e r h i s t o r y and p r e s e n t d a y l i f e w i l l be s t u d i e d . Through o f f i c i a l c o n t a c t s w i t h government o f f i c e s and u n o f f i c i a l cont a c t s w i t h c r i t i c a l r a d i c a l g r o u p s , i n b o t h t h e E a s t and t h e West, a n a t t e m p t w i l l be made t o l e a r n and e x p e r i e n c e t h e a c t u a l p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . F i n a l l y , t h r o u g h c o n t a c t s w i t h a s m a l l group of i n d i v i d u a l s involved e i t h e r o f f i c i a l l y o r u n o f f i c i a l l y i n d i a l o g u e , a n a t t e m p t w i l l be made t o e v a l u a t e t h e n a t u r e , d e v e l o p m e n t , and p o t e n t i a l o f t h e phenomenon o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t D i a l o g u e . Prerequisites: Some knowledge o f German h e l p f u l b u t n o t r e q u i r e d . SOCIOLOGY IIA: The New Town Movement i n Contemporary England (Augsburg Course Number 94481) 1 COST: $665.00 Gordon N e l s o n Augsburg The s t u d y o f t h e new town d e v e l o p m e n t , p r i m a r i l y i n t h e London r e g i o n (Harlow, S t e v e n a e e , and Welwyn). A r e v i e w o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l emergence o f t h e new towns o f England a s w e l l a s a n e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e o f t h e new town movement i n t h e p l a n n i n g and development &'of c o m p r e h e n s i v e m e t r o p o l i t a n E n g l a n d . Background r e a d i n g $ w i l l be a s s i g n e d . r,wtr w Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . C o u n t s toward m a j o r . SPANISH I I A AND I I I A : S p a n i s h Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n Madrid COST: $665.00 James Dunlop S t . Olaf A four-week r e s i d e n c e i n Madrid w i t h t h r e e one-day s t u d y t r i p s t o n e a r b y c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s . To improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken S p a n i s h , widen h i s c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e and a c q u a i n t him , w i t h t h e S p a n i s h t h e a t e r ; t h e r e w i l l be s i x h o u r s o f tutorj.11;; a wcek w i t h S p a n i s h s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of M a d r i d , f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h c P r a d o and o t h e r e x c e l l e n t museums, and a t t e n d a n c e a t a n a v c r a g e o f t h r e e t h e a t e r p e r f o r m a n c e s p c r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r c w i l l b e r e g u l a r d i s c u s s i o n s c o n c e r n i n g S p a n i s h t h c a t e r . and c i v i l i z o t i o n and s e m i n a r s w i t h P r o f e s s o r s Manuel Mcdina and San Miguc.1 of t h c I n s t i t u t c o f Europcan S t u d i e s . S u p p l e m c n t a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e t h c Madrid symphony, P r o t c s t a n t and C a t h o l i c c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , Ilamenco t a b l a n s , s o c c e r garncs, f i l m s , and a v i s i t t o t h e f a s c i n a t i n g R e a l F a b r i c a d e T a p i c e s t o s e e t a p c s t r i c s b e i n g rnanufacturcd. (P-NC o n l y ) Counts toward l a n g u a g e r c q u i r e m e n t . C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m c n t (Area A ) . I I I A c o u n t s toward mdjor. P r c r c q u i s i t c s : f o r l c v c l I I A ; t h r e e semcs t e r s o f Spani:;h, COST: $665.00 f o r l e v e l 111; c o m p l c t i o n o f S p a n i s h 51 w i L l i g r a d e o f 1)- o r I l i g h c r . A F R I C A / HISTORY IIA: A f r i c a on A F r i c a n Terms: A Case S t u d y o f Two A f r i c a n S t a t c s - - ( ; l ~ n n a and TOGO T e r r y Add i s o n Augsburg P r c - c o l o n i a l West A f r i c a . Thc c o l o n i a l p e r i o d i n Ghana and Togo. The s t r u g g l e f o r i n dependence, b o t h p o l i t i c a l +I e c o n o ~ n i c . F o r c e s a t work i n t h e emerging new West A f r i c a : t h e p e o p l e s , t h e l e a d e r s , and t h e c u l t u r e s o f t h e New A f r i c a . Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . M I D D L E Counts toward m a j o r . COST: $1,135.00 E A S T RELIGION I I C : - I s r a e l : A n c i e n t and Modern (Augsburg Course Number 87370) P h i l i p Quanbeck Augsburg ' 11 f i e g o a l o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be t o become b e t t e r a c q u a i n t e d w i t h I s r a e l from a t w o - f o l d a s p e c t , f i r s t a s t h e s i t e o f many i m p o r t a n t e v e n t s i n b i b l i c a l h i s t o r y , and s e c o n d l y , a s a modern n a t i o n which h a s i t s l i f e i n a complex p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . Three s p e c i f i c a r e a s w i l l b e v i s i t e d : N o r t h e r n G a l i l e e , J e r u s a l e m and i t s e n v i r o n s , and B e e r Sheba and t h e Hegev. While t h e s t a y w i l l b e i n J e r u s a l e m , t h e r e w i l l be f i e l d t r i p s t o p l a c e s o f h i s t o r i c a l and a r c h a e o l o g i c a l interest. I n a d d i t i o n , v i s i t t o a k i b b u t z and l e c t u r e s f r o m government r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s w i l l i n d i c a t e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and c o n c e r n s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y life. C o u n t s toward g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t . L A T I N Counts toward m a j o r . COST: $925.00 A M E R I C A HISTORY I I C AND I I I C : Problems o f Madern Mexico C l i f f o r d Hauberg S t . Olaf T h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e g i v e n i n C u e r n a v a c a , Mexico, and a l l s t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o d o r e s e a r c h and w r i t e a p a p e r on some s i g n i f i c a n t problem o f p r e s e n t d a y Mexico--urban o r r u r a l p o v e r t y , i n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n and p o l l u t i o n , e d u c a t i o n , e t c . Prerequisite: ward m a j o r . R e a d i n g knowledge o f S p a n i s h p r e f e r r e d : H i s t o r y 35 o r 36. Counts t o - JOINT INTERIM, 1 9 7 4 p t a n n e d and e p o n e o r e d b y t h e American Lutheran S t u d e n t Conference FOCUS ON COMMUNITY CONSCIOUSNESS C6mmunity O r g a n i z a t i o n s : How does a c o m m u n l t y i n t l m e s o f g r e a t s t r e s s and c o n s t a n t change o r g a n l z e i t s e l f h u m a n l y and effectively t o p r e v e n t d l s l n t e g r a t i o n and t o g a l n t h e l n l t i a t i v e f o r I t s e l f ? The l e a r n l n g o f t h e c l a s s I s b y t h e mode o f e n c o u n t e r and p a r t l c i p a t l o n I n a g e n c l e s and t h e c o m m u n l t y o f t h e Model C l t i e s a r e a I n t h e S o u t h s i d e o f Minneapol I s . U r b a n s e m l n a r s w i l l be he I d t h r e e mornl n g s e a c h week. P l a c e m e n t s o f e a c h s t u d e n t a r e made I n A s u c h a g e n c l e s as T e n a n t U n l o n s , A l t e r n a t e S c h o o l s . 525.00 f e e f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t s I s c h a r g e d . L l m l t i s 25. .. S t . O l a f Sponsored James S t e w a r t , Department o f Socloiogy I n s t i t u t i o n a l Communities: The modern t e c h n o l o g i c a l s o c i e t y h a s h a n d l e d many o f I t s " m l s f l t s " by p l a c i n g them I n I n p r i s o n s , homes e n f o r c e d o r semi-forced communltles How I s communf o r t h e aged, m e n t a l l y 1 1 I and r e t a r d e d . I t y p o s s i b l e i n such c l r c u m s t a n c e s ? Are such l n s t l t u t l o n a1 f o r m s a f o r e c a s t o f w h a t may I l e ahead f o r a l l o f u s ? O r a r e t h e r e o t h e r d l r e c t l o n s ? And w h a t a r e t h e p o l l t i c s i n v o l v e d ? S t u d e n t s w i 1 l have asslgnments I n c o n n e c t i o n w l t h v a r l o u s l n s t l t u t i o n s and t h e r e w l l l a l s o be s e m i n a r s . A f e e o f $25.00 f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t I s c h a r g e d . -- Augustana Sponsored Mark Warde l I , Department o f Sociology Alternate Life-Styles: What i s t h e m e a n l n g o f t h e new comm u n i t y I l f e - s t y l e s whlch a r e happening I n Western l l f e ? A r e new m o d e l s . f o r c o l l e c t i v e s and communes v l a b l e f o r t h e f u t u r e ? M y s t l c l s m has a l s o e n t e r e d t h e c u r r e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t y o u n g e r s o c i e t y w l t h an e v e r d e e p e n l n g qua1 l t y . How w l l l I t i n f l u e n c e and be I n f l u e n c e d by C h r i s t l a n l t y . E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h l s a r e n a w i l l occupy t h e month's work o f t h e c l a s s w l t h e n c o u n t e r and r e f i e c t l v e s e m l n a r s . Augsburg Sponsored J e r r y Gerasimo, ~ e ~ a r t m e no tf U r b a n S t u d l e s R i t u a l s f o r an Open S o c i e t y : A r e t h e r e ways by w h i c h t h e C h r l s t i a n c o m m u n i t y ' s r i c h t r a d l t l o n o f l i t u r g y c a n comb i n e w i t h t h e i n n o v a t l ve a p p r o a c h e s t o w o r s h i p on t h e c o n t e m p o r a r y s c e n e t o become a f r e e l ng e x p e r l e n c e f o r I n t e n t i o n a l c o m m u n l t l e s b e n t on s o c l e t a l r e n e w a l ? Can s t r u c t u r e s o f worship f r e e r a t h e r than blnd? Encounter w 1 t h c o n t e m p o r a r y and t r a d I t i o n a I , E a s t e r n and W e s t e r n church l i f e w i l l o c c u r , mixed w i t h sernlnars. P a c i f i c Lutheran Sponsored Gordon L a t h r o p , Campus P a s t o r W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s : One way t h e p o v e r t y - s t r l c k e n beyond b o t h Western b u t c u l t u r a l l y - r l c h T h i r d World can be e x p e r l e n c e d I s t h r o u g h L a t i n S o c l e t y and R u s s l a American eyes. I s t h e r e a way i n s u c h a s e t t i n g as t h i s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t can c a t c h a g l i m p s e o f t h e r e a l l t y o f l i f e I n L a t i n A m e r i c a ? What w i l l i t mean t o l i v e " I n t h e direction o f t h e T h l r d W o r l d ? " And how can t h e c h u r c h become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e w o r l d l e v e l o f c o m m u n i t y ? An e x p a n s l v e l o o k w l l l be t a k e n t h r o u g h e n c o u n t e r s w l t h T w l n C l t y L a t i n s a t t h e U n l v e r s l t y o f M i n n e s o t a and e l s e w h e r e . S p a n i s h w o u l d be h e l p f u l . -- -- Texas L u t h e r a n S p o n s o r e d P r o f e s s o r t o be named J O I N T I N T E R I M , 1974 Faotual DetaZl TIME: - an early aeeeeement - January 3 25, 19741 The T h u r s d a y e v e n l n g ( J a n u a r y 3 ) b e g i n n i n g I s a t 7 : 0 0 p.m. The c l o s i n g d a y i s F r i d a y , J a n u a r y 25. PLACE : As I n J o i n t I n t e r i m , 1973, a s e e d y o l d d o r m I n d o w n t o w n Minneapolis o n t h e p r e m i s e s o f M e t r o p o l l t a n ~ M e d i c a l C e n t e r i s s e t t e n t a t i v e l y f o r o u r use. A most reasonable r e n t a l arrangement. COSTS : I. S t u d e n t s a r e t o b r i n g t h e i r w i t h d r a w n B o a r d f e e s t o c o v e r room and b o a r d . T h l s w l l l be p u t i n a communal kitty. Students w i l l e a t together I n several v o l u n t a r y c o m m u n l t l e s , t o be o r g a n i z e d upon a r r i v a l . (Separate a r r a n g e m e n t s c a n b e made f o r t h o s e who do n o t w i s h t o e a t t h i s way, b u t t h l s s h o u l d be I n d i c a t e d i n a d v a n c e . ) S e v e r a l c e l e b r a t i o n f e a s t s o f t h e w h o l e community w l l l o c c u r i n t h e month. 2. T r a v e l S u b s i d y w l i l b e s e n t t o o u t l y i n g s c h o o l s t o h e l p C a p i t a l , TLC: $ 1 0 0 . 0 0 e a c h ; CLC, PLU: $ 1 5 0 . 0 0 them each. 3. Some m o n i e s f o r l o c a l t r a v e l a n d I n c i d e n t a l e x p e n s e s a r e recommended f o r b u s e s a n d s h a r e d c a r t r a v e l ( $ 1 0 . 0 0 t o $15.00). 4. The f i r s t t w o l i s t e d c o u r s e s w l l l r e q u i r e p l a c e m e n t f e e s 5. P r o f e s s o r s and t u l t l o n w i l l b e b o r n by t h e s c h o o l s . 6. I n sum as l l t t l e a s $ 2 5 . 0 0 t o $ 5 0 . 0 0 p l u s B o a r d f e e , plus the travel t o location. -- ACADEMICS : As s o o n a s t h e s t u d e n t d e c l d e s o n w h i c h o f t h e i n t e r l m s I f he I s he w i i l t a k e , h e s h o u l d c o n s u l t h l s s c h o o l . t a k i n g t h e c l a s s o f h i s own s c h o o l , he c a n r e g l s t e r I n h i s u s u a l way. I f h l s c l a s s I s f r o m a n o t h e r school, he should consult with h i s r e g i s t r a r t o f a c i l i t a t e h i s reglst r a t l o n i n the o t h e r school f o r t h e interim. A i l courses t r a n s f e r among A m e r l c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h c o l l e g e s . A S U B S I D Y GRANT: A l a r g e r g r a n t from t h e D i v l s l o n o f Youth A c t i v i t y o f t h e A m e r i c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h w l l l be s u b s i d y t o h e l p w l t h room r e n t , t r a v e l , c o u r s e e n r i c h m e n t , m o t i o n p i c t u r e s and c o o r dlnatlon. A s m a l l e r g r a n t from World Mlssions o f t h e Amerlcan L u t h e r a n Church w l l l h e l p w i t h t h e c o u r s e on tentative a t thls polnt. W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s -- COORDINATING COMMITTEE: S t u d e n t s R a c h e l Rhode a n d D l a n e L o e f f l e r , A u g s b u r g ; B e r l t Osmundsen, S t . O l a f ; K a t h y M a k e l a , Dana; J a n S l m o n e n , L u t h e r ; Nancy L i e u r a n c e , PLU; F l o s s i e H e n s p e t t e r , A u g u s t a n a a n d J o e Bash, C o o r d l n a t l n g A d v l s o r . A l s o check w l t h p r o fessors o f the classes o r l n t e r l m Director f o r your s c h o o l o r Campus P a s t o r s . UNRESOLVED P O S S I B I L I T I E S : A c a m p - c e n t e r e d i n t e r i m a t Camp K o i n o n i a o u t s i d e New Y o r k C i t y and a r u r a l - o r i e n t e d I n t e r i m I n S o u t h D a k o t a . A l s o where I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d l e s c a n be w e l l - a r r a n g e d b e f o r e h a n d w l t h a campus p r o f e s s o r and a T w i n C i t y c o n s u l t a n t , s u c h a situation m l g h t a l s o b e a r r a n g e d . Interim Courses INSTRUCTOR - 1974 COURSE TITLE Brost , P a t r i c i a Buzicky, Charles Cokler, Eileen Culver, Dwight W. Cunninghaa, James Desotelle, Marguerite Esterka, Father Peter Febres, York Fish, P a t r i c i a Fisher, Carole Forner , Edouard Human Sexuality Wine: Its History and Use Femininity, Masculinity: S t m t y p e s of t h e Past? Outsiders Soviet Russia: Culture and H i s t o r ~ l C h i l d ' s World of A c t i v i t y Values i n Hodern Family L i f e S i x Great Cities of Hispanic America Chemistry and t h e Environment ~vents/~acumentation8/~~0~sm Cooperative Performance Project f n Opera and Symphony Orchestra F r e n r n , Father Hilary Philosophy of Love Froeming, Mary Anne Clothing S e l e c t i o n How Helpful are Human Services i n t h e Twin C i t i e s ? Geer, Willim J. Gohl, Azela Bridging t h e Generation Gap American Domestic Architecture Graebner , Alan E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t St* irl Communication Hardman, Jhnedict and E t h i c s ) a. Hathaway, Doris Caribbean Cross Culture "The F i n a l Solution" The Extermination of t h e Jews Heininger , J F. i n Nazi Germany Houlton, Loyce Dance: Its Relevance t o Contemporary L i f e Keenan, S i s t e r Ilamaculata Dante's Divine Comedy Kessler, S i s t e r Catherine Small Vocal Ensembles K i l l i a n , Pamela Can We Be Feminine and Independant Too? Conversational Spanish and a T a c h of S.U.S.P.E.N.S.E! Kleczynski , Caroline Klick, P a t r i c i a Weaving Jones, Maurice Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and Symphony Orchestra Lennon, Cannelita The Survey of t h e Microscopic World Litecky, S i s t e r Catherine S e l f and Belief Lupori, P e t e r Sculpture i n Three M i a Hicka, S i s t e r Wary Virginia The Arts i n t h e Twin Cities Miller, Judith How Helpful a r e Human Services i n t h e Twin c i t i e s ? Femininity, Masculinity: Stereotypes of t h e Past? Xoriarty , Barbara . New Directions i n Printmaking Relson, Robert C l a r k Machtsheim, S i s t e r #ary Henry Caribbean Cross Culture Osborne, P h y l l i s Watching Your Weight Palan, S i s t e r Catherine Junkat I n t o t h e Inner Space of Self Puapusch, S i s t e r Anita Elements of a Philosophy of L i f e Poletes, George Producing and Performing a Play Reed, Marie Therese P o p l a r French Song i s Alive and We11 and Living a t St. Catherine's Richardson, Mary Jo World of Work (Elementary and Secondary i n Minnesota) Rubens, David Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and Symphony Orchestra ' THE COUEGE OF ST. CATHERINE INSTRUCTOR Page 2 COURSE TITLE Jewish Writers of t h e 20th Century Ryan, S i s t e r Rosalie Bridging t h e Generation Gap Ryan, S a l l y Schaefer, Dolores The World of Marcel Proust Schleder, C h a r l o t t e Ovechka C h i l d b i r t h : A Study of t h e Childbirth ~ x p e r i e n c eand Related Topica From Gutenberg t o Q a l i l e o : The Renaissance and its Smith, S i s t e r Margery Impact on Hodbrn L i f e Stensrud, S i s t e r Mary Catherine Consumer: Are You Taking o r Being nTakenn? Cooperative Perfornanca R o j e c t i n Opera and S t r i p l i n g , Luther Symphony Orchestra Swanson, Ally8 Watching Your Weight Symons, James Drama and b v o l u t i o n Tauer, S l d t e r Carol Ann Back t o t h e Piano Tomsich, P e t e r Run Co~aputerRun R e a l i e t i c G e m n Orammar Trandota , K r i s t i n a A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Mathematics Education Vos, Kenneth E. Winter F i e l d Biology Vukaonich , Frank Ward, S i e t e r Agnes Norse Mythology Wilson, S i s t e r Maria Photo P r o j e c t s Wolkerstorf o r , S i s t e r John C h r i s t i n e Minnesota, Arena of P o l i t i c a l Ref o m Wood, S i e t e r Hary D a v i d 'hpreasionism i n Music and A r t E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t Study i n Communication Wren, David and E t h i c s ) . HAMLINE UNIVERSITY I n t e r i m Courses Prerequisite * INSTRUCTOR Balsanek Bartlett Birnbaum and Haas Bowman B r ennan Brown Burland and Raygor chhg Cone Crayton D'Onofrio Falkman Fleming Graham Green Harris Hergenhnhn Hull I r i s h and Younoszai Jo hne ton Jones Kagen Kelly Kimes King LaBount y Lasaneky Lu Lukowi t z Lynekey Markowitz Marsh Masiello Meyer D. Meyer M. Miller Mulkern Oliver and Hosf i e l d - 1974 COURSE TITLE The Poet, t h e Hunter and t h e N a t u r a l i s t (in literature) Practicum i n Stage Lighting Biochemistry: Metabolic and Biogenetic Pathways* S c i e n t i f i c Inquiry The Archaeology of Hamline University* Pharmacology of Psychoactive Mind-Altering Drugs The Descendents of Sherlock Holmes ( i n l i t e r z f t u r e ) Student Teaching i n t h e Elementary School* Chink: Growing Up Yellow i n America Anthropology and S o c i a l I s s u e s E l e c t r o n Microscopy Anarchism Theory Construction i n Sociology* Mathematics: What i s i t ? * The Book of Revelation Crime & Delinquency i n Great B r i t a i n ( i n England) Shakespeare and Music Learning Theory and Everyday L i f e Contemporary Religious P r a c t i c e s L i f e i n V i l l a g e Mexico ( i n %urnpango, Mexico)* Origins and Development of t h e Arab-Israeli Conflict* The O r a l L i t e r a t u r e of Appalachia ( v i s i t i n g exchange i n s t r u c t o r from Berea College) Unorthodox L i t e r a t u r e a s a Guide t o t h e S o c i a l H i s t o r y of China The Performing A r t s : A Closer Look Survey of Film H i s t o r y Systems Analysis: An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Systems Thinking in Management,Planning and Human Problems Programmed I n s t r u c t i o n * Survey of Printmaking The Chinese Revolution: C r i t e r i a f o r Evaluation The L i f e of Adolf H i t l e r ~ i e t n a r n :A Case Study i n t h e Policy-Making Process The Sociology of C u l t u r e and Kultur H i s t o r y of Technology L a t i n American L i t e r a t u r e : A Vehicle f o r Social Protest Psychological Problems Encountered i n A t h l e t i c Coaching* The Drama of German Expressionism Computer U t i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Behavioral Sciences* Skiing The Nature of P r e j u d i c e * INSTRUCTOR Perry Petrilak Pizner Pontlnen R i c e and Blue Root Runquist and Creswell St. John. Smith P. Smith R. S ta h l y Steen Swaneon Taylor Vane Varberg Walker White Willis Wolf f Wyatt COURSE TITLE The Medieval Hero and Epic P o e t r y E l e c t r o n i c s : Must i t b e Black Magic i n t h e Home and Laboratory? An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy Once Over L i g h t l y : The Science of O p t i c s . The H i s t o r y and P r a c t i c e of French Cuisine* Modern French L i t e r a t u r e f o r Non-Majors: P o e t r y , T h e a t r e , t h e Novel* I n s t r u m e n t a l Methods ( i n chemistry)*' The Asian Sub-Continent India, Pakistan and Bangladesh: a Clash of C u l t u r e s A r t i n New York C i t y ( i n New York C i t y ) COBOL Programming ( V i s i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r from C o n t r o l Data I n s t i t u t e ) B a s k e t b a l l Fundamentals f o r G i r l s * Study of Contemporary Choral Music by American and E n g l i s h Composers ( i n England) I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l Peychology* How t o Solve It - A seminar i n Problem Solving* The Modern Novel i n I n d i a Complex Analysis ( i n mathematics)" American Poverty: A n I n s o l u b l e Problem w i t h Proximate S o l u t i o n s ? The S o c i a l Seminar: Drug Education Grooving on t h e Occult Greek Tragedy and Greek C u l t u r e Problems i n t h e Human Environment * - * hV+CAI-ESTER COLLEGE * P -- PREHEQUIS I T E PERMISSION OF THE INSTRUCTOR REQUIRED; I N S T R U C T O R ~ S SIGNATURE ON EXCHANGE R E G I S T R A T I O N CARD MUST BE SECURED BY THE STUDENT. COURSE T l TLE NOS VAMOS MIOWEST - PARA E L FIELD MEDIO-OESTE COURSE, (MEXICAN ILLINOIS TO MIGRAT I ON TO THE ' TEXAS D O R D E ~ ) *P R 1 SK * MATHEMAT 1 CAL ~ ~ E T H O D SI N THE THEORY OF . GETTIFIG T O KNOW POE A CELESTIAL LABORATORYREVERSING NEWTON & KEPLER L I V I N GW I T H THE UNITED N A T I O N S ( I N NEW Y O R K ) *P APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS THEORY AND PRACTICE OF BUDDHIST MEDITATION P WESTERN & JAPANESE FEUDALISM: AN EXPERIMENTI N COMPARAT IVE HI S T O R Y RETREAT SEMINAR ON ENVIRONMENTALE T H I C 3 ( I N C L U D ~ N G - * * DONOVAN Dye TWO WEEKS IN ~ ~ I O N T A N A )P CONTEMPORARY WOMAN: HER SOCIAL ROLE, CAREER EXPECTATIONS, AND POLITICAL A C T I V I T I E S ANC-IENT STORIES I N ~ ~ O D E R NDRESS (LITERATURE & FILMS) TRUTH & FICTION I N AUTOBIOGRAPHY ON THEIR HONOR A LOOKAT YOUTH-SERVING O R G A N I Z A T I O N S TECHNIQUES & USES OF 35MM BLACK & \VHITE PHOTOGRAPHYP ER I CKSON ER I CKSON, VANDENDORPE; RANKS, GOLDSMITH, UNDERWOOD (STUDENTS) FA^ IAN FAIRCHILDS FARRER FORMER,STRIPLING; JONES (ST. CATHER IN E Ws) GREEN GREENBERG GUNDERSON Guss HAMMER HILL, E. HILL, T. HOPPER, LIST (STUDENT) HUGHES JOHNSON, H. JUGAN KEENAN KIM KLEESE KLE IN I<ONHAUSER KRAMER, GERARD (STUDENT) KRISTENSEN LANEGRAN, PITZL - NEW SOUTH AMER I C A N LITERATURE THE SOCIAL H I S T O R Y OF THE D E T E C T ~ V ENOVEL ECONOMICSOF POVERTY SO FARONLY POOR SOLUTIONS - COOPERATIVE PERFORMANCEPROJECT IN OPERA AND SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA *P SCIENCE, SOCIETY, AND POLITICS ON THE ROAD: THE LITERATURE OF EXPLORATION WAR AND MORALITY AN INTRODUCTION T O RUSSIAN FOLKLORE WOIJ~EN IN MUS Ic *P DESERT BIOLOGY ( I N ARIZONA) *P PHILOSOPHY IN BIOGRAPHY: MARKS OF A LIFE WORTH LIVING CULTURAL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTENTIALISM AGRESSIVE B E H A V I O ~ : THEORY & RESEARCH * LANDSCAPE, UTOPIAN PLANNING, & THE EURO-AMERICANT R A D I T I O N THE PHILOSOPHICAL B A S I S OF SPORT TEACHING CHILDREN TO \'/RITE POETRYP ALBERT EINSTEIN *P C Y T O G E N E T ~ CTECHNIQUES *P ADVANCED DEBATE STUDY TOUR *P MATHEMATICS FOR THE FUN O F I T *P RECENT CHANGE AT MACALESTER WHERE TO NOW? CERAM ICB MELTING POT OR PRESSURE COOKER? ETHNICITY I N THE TWIN C I T I ES URBAN,SYSTEM CRYSTALS & C R Y S T A L ~ R O W ~ N G COULD ATLAS SHRUG? THREE FACESOF LIRERTARIANISM CHANGING \VOMEN@S ROLES A S A SOCIAL PROBLEM *P COOPERATIVES & INTENTIONAL COMMUNITIES A S POLITICAL PHENOMENA ( I N MADISON, WISCONSIN) P * - COURSE T I T L E MCCURDY MI KKELSON MI NU Mosv 1 cu NEUMAN KORLES N G R ~ ~ A NYOUNG , P J ~ R J A A N , BARRY PE-,-~<< s REEDY RODERTS, W. ROBINSON, E. ROETZEL SALTZMAN SCHUE (STUDENT) SCIENCE & C H R ~ S T I A N FAITH *P H ISTOTECHN IQUE * READINGS I N MEOIEVAL MYSTICS WATERCOLOR PA INT ING *P SMALL GROUP ~ Y N A M I C S : HOW TO ENJOY YOURSELF W I T H A (MATHEMAT IC A L ) GROUP * ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTATION & TELESCOPE LIAUING P ~ N T R O D U C T O R YALCHEMY HOW TO MAKE GOLD FOR FUN & P R O F I T THE LITTLE COMPUTER THAT CAN BUT HOW? (ADVANCED FORTRAN & INTRODUCTGRY ASSCMDLER LANGUAGE) * REME~,;~ER THE G R A F SPEFI? ( W A R - G A M I NG) - - M ~ D E LEXPERIMENTSI N GEOLOGY * THE 1 ~ T HCENTURY AMERICAN FAMILYP O R G A N I C STRUCTURE DETERMINATION B Y SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS EXPERIMENTS I N NUCLEAR PHYSICS How & LA1~vDo SMALL TOWNS 0 IE? PUPPETRY P LEARNING ECONOMICSTHROUGH COMPUTER GAMES *P THE EVOLUTION OF MAN R U S S I A & T H E NEAR EAST: PAST & PRESENT THE T A C T I C S & STRATEGIES OF SCIENCE: HARVARDCASE HISTORIES PERIODS & RHYTHMS IN BEHAVIOR & PHYSIOLOGY JOHNSTUART MILL'S U T I L I T A R I A N I S M HOMER & THE ARCHAEOLOGISTS ORAL INTERPRETATION OF DRAMATIC LITERATURE P CHEMISTRY & COLOR * 'YEN DT Y~EST \'/IL K I E B ILSON W ~ L ~ E Y * PE ACT l V 1 T 1 ES COU2SES * ( F R A C Y OONAL CRED 1 T * * OH W 1 THOUT CRED I T )
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Facu...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Requirements Majors Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs International Study Honors Program Degrees ... ... ... PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E ... ... ... ... ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l Recreation Intercollegiate Athletics Religious L i f e Student Services Housing Food S e r v i c e ... PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE ... ... The Application Process Transfer Early Early Admission Advanced Placement Decision : Advanced Standing ... .. ... PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D ... Expenses 1972-73 Cost Summary Settlement o f Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . . . . Financial Aid PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration Probation and Dismissal Credit Grading by Examination ... ... ... PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, PERSONNEL PAGE 79, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change without n o t i c e . Introduction There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4." In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian ~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature a n d Objectives Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major. t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world. t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic e x c e l l e n c e . t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern city. t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional, and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . L The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 6 CAMPUS GUIDE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. t 3. 14. 15. 16. West Hall George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main Urness Tower Residence for Women The College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall The Quadrangle Murphy Square The Art Studio Organ Studio The Music Building Si Melby Hall Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall Speech and Drama Building East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + ) Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your Here you w i l l i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld. d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n t h e modern g o r l d . _LX .@ .a. The 4-12a Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Physical Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Training Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of 1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable. The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates matriculation i n these co- learning courses . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI ) . Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f courses . International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . . Augsburg STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN) This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program. University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e offered each term. Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e college. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on t h e honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree. I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music. 12 Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and C u l t u r a l Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron second time i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal, academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative offices. West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r . The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d . Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Ad mission An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advance Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Advance Standing College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. 17 Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1750.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00. Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not authorized. A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable with t u i t i o n : .. . 4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00 Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00 (Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate b a s i s of $20 a course.) Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15 -00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an interim). OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $987.00 t o $1,050.00 Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board. (Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00) Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board. ( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00 A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . .$987.00 - ............$ 1,050.00 25.00 (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. ) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable) Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, 1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , . $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule : 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s , 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences. Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside t h e United S t a t e s . The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t year i n residence. 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s requirement . Division f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Chairman: M r . Raymond E . Anderson Department o f A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department o f Music Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck Department Department Department Department Department of of of of of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Phys i cs DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Plzilip A, Quanbeck Department o f Phi 10s ophy Department o f Religion DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Geography, Library Science Department o f History Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology Registration A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive credit f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F . Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done i n t h e Registrar1s Office. Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory. I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term. Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Credit Examination Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar. Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one f o r D and zero f o r F. Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course i n which t h e student receives a grade of N. A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor. An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed during t h e following semester. A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record. A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be audited. 25 Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages. See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: G r i e r N ic h o l l MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s . courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . TEACHING MAJOR: 16 MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings under major. 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE For description, see 295. level of work. all) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY One project of an interdisciplinary nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Field experience during interim Art P h i 1ip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from 221, 223, 225, 350. 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221, 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 1 1 8 PAINTING I Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r . (Fall, Spring) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , Spring) 351 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring) 3 5 5 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g . (Prereq.: 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. ( P r e r e q . : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud M+70R1 & -o n I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and one t e r m s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . 1 1x3 & bob% mf -ar. 351, 3 5 2 ) . 1 A - 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r - 11 1 1 1 - i ; r l MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . -- Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . I' cL 101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g ) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does not apply toward the biology major. (Interim) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; 112, Spring) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. : 112. Interim) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 112. Spring) . 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223 or 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l ) , 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business F a l l , Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c ~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. (Prereq .: 262. Spring) 3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g ) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MRTOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 . ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. E : Five courses i n Business Education. I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 . A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l education requirements . MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . HONORS 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (rnt e r i m ) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m ) 2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or equivalent . Spring) 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73) 4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) Economics MAJOR: ECYINOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) : Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required. MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education. Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . 120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120. (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications. (Prereq. : 123. F a l l ) 3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m ) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chal rman: Chemistry E a r l A1 t o n GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY: 115,.116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d . AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e . DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, F a l l ; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y , a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or 116. 251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g ) 253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a Prereq. : 352, r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . 3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362, or#. Fall) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques. 1a b o r a t o r y P r e r e q . : 362 o r #. Spring) . 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l ) 4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n during t h e academic year. Department of Chairman: E i n a r Johnson The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470, and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s , opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y education. F a l l , Spring) 371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND' MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 , 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Secondary Education 2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y ) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s . Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l . a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74) Seminars 369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major concentration. (1973-74) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t , t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d o n l y 1972-73) Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human environment. Library Science 2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n . Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l ) 3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l ) 3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n . (spring) 4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval. Department of English A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e short story. (Fall, Spring) 2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre, and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language. (Spring) 331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth century (Spring) . 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ] 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) American, and Continental novels. 428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m . S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ] 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Foreign Language Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s , however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. ( F a l l ) 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on ( F a l l , Spring) advanced placement. 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g ) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. ( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand) 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s . French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech h a b i t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. d e n md ) 331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent of instructor. Offered alternate years. F a l l 1973-74) 332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1974-75) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1972-73. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French. ( S p r i n g 1973-74. Offered every t h i r d year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I M o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) , B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a literature m d e a s that led t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide, A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n A *®.: 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g 1972-73. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re; form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r ) S a r t r e , Camus, i n theme and 311 or #. 332, 4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75. Offered every t h i r d year) 4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s , i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . 112 F a l l , Spring) 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by (Offered a l t e r n a t e years. 3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l English when h e l p f u l . 1973-74) 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism, humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1972-73) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 8 t h CENTURY Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism, with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74) 3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse, -Kafka, -Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language. (Spring) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t . Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73; 112, F a l l 1973-74) 21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74) Latin 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ; 112, Spring) Russian 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian. (111, F a l l ) 112, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies MAJOR: - 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring) 3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Spring 1972-73) 331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma Lagerlof, P ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape .- . majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. -%-- - - ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey -$ o Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber Knowledge of a --+ Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d ) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. 2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school Spanish) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n Spanish. 3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical e x e r c i s e s . 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. ( P r e r e q . : One survey course) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department and of Physical Chairman: Health Education E. W. A n d e r s o n BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 . 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472. 10 c o u r s e s . 110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human Physiology course are a l s o required. ~- - PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: COACHING ENDORSEMENT: coaching. 5 courses. 5 courses. 4 courses. 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 . 1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . 102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . (Fall, Spring) 110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body. (Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105. Spring) 3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program. (Fall) 3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74) 4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures (Fall) 4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y . (Fall) 4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures. (Spring) 4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h programs. ( I n t e r i m ) 4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l 4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Summer s c h o o l o n l y ) Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q .: 351, 352. 4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f department) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education. Open only t o majors. Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 courses plus 1 seminar. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western. A t least four o f these courses must be upper division. Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division. Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor. 1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring) East through t h e high middle 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day. (Fall) . 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74) 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development. (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g ) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73) 464 MODERN CHINA A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839. The erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74) 474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (1973-74) . 495 SEMINAR (Fall, Spring) Department of Mathematics Chai rman : Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325. MINOR: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education. 121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g ) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1 Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l ) . 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g ) 2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring) 2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring) 2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l ) 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1 A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq. : 31 4 . Spring) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l ) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 315, 324. Spring) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t registration. Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Computer Sclence 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL) Medical Technology This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical Technology adviser. . Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223 ( o r 351, 352), 353. Department of Music Chai man: Leland Sateren MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double - p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y ( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @ team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall] 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l ) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments. all) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores, organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. (Spring) 4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY (Fall) . PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l , Spring) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l , f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r . Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t , b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Orchestra Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 . b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o 59 In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; - or 351 352; or 351 361. In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Department of Chairman: Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y . j u n i o r year. T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement . 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . all, Interim, S p r i n g ) 120 ETHICS Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 130 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated. all, S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For description see under course 110. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring) 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211, 2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 19 72-73) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 1973-74) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344. F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1973-74) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 340. F a l l , 1973-74) 61 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o , Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #. S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r course i n philosophy. S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physics Chairman: T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . mechanics, thermodynamics, modern t o p i c s . The course i s designed as Medical Technology program. Spring) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, Spring) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1 A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i